projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ range rover contents section1 section2 section3 section4 section5...

201
Owner's Handbook Instruktieboekje Manuel du Conducteur Betriebsanleitung Manuale di Istruzioni Manual del Conductor Manual do Proprietario

Upload: others

Post on 09-May-2020

38 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Owner's Handbook

Instruktieboekje

Manuel du Conducteur

Betriebsanleitung

Manuale di Istruzioni

Manual del Conductor

Manual do Proprietario

Page 2: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

_ RANGE ROVER

CONTENTS

SECTION 1

SECTION 2

SECTION 3

SECTION 4

SECTION 5

SECTION 6

SECTION 7

Introduction .

Controls & instruments .

D .. & .rlvlng operating .

Owner maintenance .

General data .

Parts & accessories .

Off-road driving .

Index .

1

7

87

133

177

189

193

205

As part of Land Rover environmental policy, this publication is printed on paper made from chlorinefree pulp.

© Land Rover Group Limited 2000 Publication No. LRL 0314ENG - 3rd Edition

Page 3: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

OWNER'S HANDBOOKThis handbook covers allcurrent versions ofthe 4.0 and 4.6 litre V8i petrol engine and 2.5litre diesel engine Range Rover models and,together with the Service Portfolio book,provides all the information that you willneedtoderive maximum pleasure from owning anddriving yournew vehicle.

For convenience, the handbook is divided intosections, each dealing with aparticular aspectofdriving orcaring for the vehicle. Sectionsare listed on the contents page and you willfind it worthwhile to take a little time to readeach one, and toget to knowyourRangeRover as soon as you possibly can.Remember, the more you understand beforeyou drive, the greater the satisfaction whenyou are seated behind the steering wheel.

The specification of each vehicle will varyaccording to territorial requirements andalso from model to model within the vehiclerange. Some of the information published inthis handbook, therefore, may not apply toyour particular vehicle.If you are in any doubt, then contact yourDealer.

1

SECTION 1Introduction

Section Contents PageService Portfolio 3Engine compartment labels 4Vehicle identification 5Anti-theft precautions 5Breakdown safety code 6

Land Rover operates apolicy ofconstant product improvement and,therefore, reserves the right to changespecifications without notice atanytime. Whilst every effort is made toensure complete accuracy oftheinformation in this handbook, noliabilities for inaccuracies or theconsequences thereof, including loss ordamage to property, or injury topersons, can be accepted by themanufacturer or the dealer, except inrespect ofpersonal injury caused by thenegligence ofthe manufacturer or thedealer.

All rights reserved. No part ofthispublication may be reproduced, storedin a retrieval system or transmitted, inany form, electronic, mechanical,photocopying, recording, or othermeans without prior written permissionfrom Land Rover Group Limited.

Page 4: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Introduction

&m

Itm

SERVICE PORTFOLIOThe Service Portfolio book included in yourliterature pack contains important vehicleidentification information and details ofyourentitlement under the terms ofthe Land Roverwarranty, as well as useful consumer advice.

Most important of all, however, is the sectionon maintenance. This outlines the servicingrequirements foryour Range Rover and alsoincorporates the service record slips, whichthe Dealer should sign and stamp to certifythat routine services have been carried out atthe recommended intervals.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::i~~:~I~9::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Safety warnings are included in thishandbook. These indicate either aprocedurewhich must be followed precisely, orinformation that should be considered withgreat care in order toavoid the possibility ofpersonal injury orserious damage to thevehicle.

3

WARNING LABELS ATTACHED TO THEVEHICLE

Warning labels attached to yourvehicle bearing this symbolmean: DO NOT touch or adjust

components until you have read the relevantinstructions in the handbook.

Warning labels showing thissymbol indicate that the ignitionsystem utilises very high

voltages. DO NOT touch any ignitioncomponents while the starter switch isturned on!

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!J\,~:~J~9::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Your vehicle has a higher ground clearanceand, hence, a higher centre ofgravity thanordinary passenger cars. This will result indifferent handling characteristics.Inexperienced drivers should take additionalcare, particularly in off-road drivingsituations and when performing abruptmanoeuvres on unstable surfaces.

Page 5: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Introduction

ENGINE COMPARTMENT INFORMATION LABELSVarious labels are fixed to your vehicle to draw your attention to specific safety information. Thefollowing are of particular importance:

A

P0205A

A. AIR CONDITIONING

B. KEEP CLEAR OF ROTATING PARTS

C. VIN LABEL - VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER

D. BONNET OPENING AND CLOSINGINSTRUCTIONS

On vehicles with an airbag SRS, remember totake careful note ofwarning information labelsthat may be attached to the sun visor or otherparts of the vehicle.

B

4

c

,':

~:ri::::::-:':':-:':-:':':-:':-::-:':':':-:-:':'::::':':':'-:"':"

Page 6: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Introduction

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONIf you need to communicate with a LandRover dealer, you may be asked to quote theVehicle Identification Number (VIN).

The VIN (and recommended maximum vehicleweights) isstamped on a label fixed to the toppanel above the left hand headlight (viewedfrom the driver's seat). This should alsomatch the VIN recorded in the ServicePortfolio book.

In addition, as adeterrentto car thieves and toassist the police, the VIN isalso stamped on aplate which isvisible through the left side ofthe windscreen.

ABCDE

A. Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

B. Gross vehicle weight (where required)

C. Gross train weight (where required)

D. Maximum front axle load (where required)

E. Maximum rear axle load (where required)

5

ANTI-THEFT PRECAUTIONSWhile it may be difficultto deter the'professional' car thief, the majority of theftsare carried out by unskilled opportunists.Therefore, take vehicle security very seriouslyand ALWAYS adopt this simple 'four point'drill whenever you leave your vehicle - evenfor just afew minutes:

1. Fully close all the windows (and thesunroof).

2. Remove your valuable belongings (or hidethem out of sight).

3. Remove the starter key.

4. Superlock the vehicle using the remotehandset.

Thieves are attracted by 'vulnerable' vehicles.Even if you have followed the 'four point' drill,there isstill much you can do to make yourvehicle a less inviting target.

BE SAFE - NOT SORRY!

• Park where your vehicle can be easily seenby householders and passers-by.

• At night, park in well lit areas and avoiddeserted ordimly-lit side streets.

• At home, if you have agarage, use it - andNEVER leave the keys in the vehicle.

• Do not keep important documents (orspare keys) in the vehicle - these are a realbonus for the thief.

Page 7: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Introduction

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Remember the breakdownsafety code

If a breakdown occurs while travelling:-

• Wherever possible, consistent withroad safety and traffic conditions,the vehicle should be moved off themain thoroughfare, preferably into alay-by. If a breakdown occurs on amotorway, pull well over to theinside of the hard shoulder.

• Switch on hazard lights.

• If possible, position awarningtriangle oraflashing amber light atan appropriate distance from thevehicle to warn other traffic of thebreakdown. (Note the legalrequirements of some countries).

• Consider evacuating passengersthrough nearside doors onto theverge as a precaution should yourRange Rover be struck by anothervehicle.

6

Page 8: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

In this section of the handbookyou will finddescriptions of the controls and instrumentson yourvehicle.

Foryourown safety, it is most important toread this section fully and togain a thoroughunderstanding ofall the controls beforedriving.

7

SECTION 2Controls & instruments

Section Contents PageControls 9Security card 10Locks & alarm 11Tailgate 22Message centre 23Seats 34Seat belts 42Airbag SRS 47Steering column 53Door mirrors 54Instruments 56Warning lights 58Lights & indicators 62Wipers & washers 64Switches 67Electric windows 69Electric sunroof 72Heating & ventilating 75Interior equipment 81In-car telephones 86

Page 9: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Controls

91 2 3 4

~::::::::::«<» :::>:::::::: --

:::H:::::::::::::::::g::::::j!in!!!:::N:=::.~O~~~=~====I

13

1415-~~

P0017A

20 21 20

1. Passenger airbag SRS

2. High/low gear range switch (manualgearbox)

3. Cruise control master switch (if fitted)

4. Hazard warning switch

5. Air suspension switches

6. Rear fog guard light switch

7. Front fog light switch (if fitted)

8. Lighting switch

9. Remote radio/cassette/CD player switches(if fitted)

10.Instrument panel

9

11.Radio/cassette/CD player

12.Heater/air-conditioning controls

13.Ashtray/cigar lighter

14.Automatic gearbox mode switch (if fitted)

15.Exterior mirror operating switches

16.Window and sunroof operating switches

17.Handbrake

18.Automatic gear selector or manual gearlever

19.Steering column adjustment lever

20. Cruise control switches (if fitted)

21. Driver's airbag SRS

Page 10: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Security Card

The security card, supplied with the literaturepack, contains important emergencyinformation. It is ESSENTIAL that you keepthe card safe from theft and ensure that it ispassed to the new owner if you sell thevehicle.

• Key number: This is the number ofthestarter/door key - essential if you everneed to obtain a replacement.

• Emergency key access code: You willneed this code in order to start the vehicleif the handset has been lost or damaged(see 'Emergency key access'in the 'Locks& alarm'section).

• Locking wheel nut number: If your vehiclehas locking wheel nuts, you will have beenprovided with aspecial wheel nut socketto remove them. You will need to quotethis number to obtain a replacementsocket.

• VIN (vehicle identification number): Thisidentity number is unique to your vehicleand is essential proof of its specification.The number can also be found in variouslocations around the vehicle (see' VehicleIdentification'in Section 1).

• Radio security code number: This uniquecode must be entered into the radiowhenever the power supply has beendisconnected. Without this code, the radiounit will not operate (see 'Security code' inthe 'In-Car Entertainment' book).

10

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Never leave the security card inside thevehicle when it is unattended.

Memorise the emergency key access code,or keep the card on your person whiledriving, in case of emergencies.

Page 11: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

Your vehicle is fitted with asophisticatedelectronic anti-theft alarm and engineimmobilisation system. In order to ensuremaximum security, you are advised to gain afull understanding of the system bythoroughly reading this section of thehandbook.

LOCKING THE VEHICLE AND ARMING THEALARM

You have been supplied with twohandset/keys (numbered 1 and 2). While bothare identical in operation, they transmit twodifferent sets of information (see 'Lazy seats').Replacement handsets are only available froma Land Rover dealer. Up to two furtherhandsets (3 and 4) can also be obtained.

There are four methods for securing yourvehicle:

1. 'Superlocking' using the handset -(recommended high security method).

2. 'Superlocking' using the key.

3. Locking using the handset.

4. Locking using the key.

FOR MAXIMUM SECURITY, ALWAYS'SUPERLOCK' THE VEHICLE USING THE

HANDSET(except when the vehicle isto be locked withpassengers or animals inside).

11

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Emergency keysIn addition to the two handsets, you havealso been supplied with two separatekeys. These keys perform the samefunctions as the key part of the handsetand are intended for emergency use only.DO NOT keep the keys inside the vehicle.

The handsetThe radio remote handset has three buttons.By pressing the appropriate button, thehandset can be used either as aconventionalkey, or as a remote handset to either lock or'superlock' the vehicle.

Page 12: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

1

P0023

1. Press to release the key, which can thenbe used as aconventional key to operatethe starter switch, glovebox and doorlocks.

P0022

2. Lock button (padlock symbol)

• press once to lock.

• press twice to 'superlock'.

• press and hold to 'lazy lock' (see 'Lazylocking').

3. Unlock button

• press once to unlock.

• press and hold to operate the 'lazy seat'facility (see 'Lazy seats').

Once the security system isarmed, the centrallocking system locks all the doors and thetailgate, the perimetric alarm (protecting thedoors, bonnet and tailgate) isarmed, and theengine is immobilised.

12

• If 'handset superlocking' isactivated, thevolumetric alarm isalso armed (a sensorinside the passenger compartmentmonitors the interior space and activatesthe alarm if an intrusion into thepassenger compartment isdetected).

The volumetric sensor will enter aself-checkmode each time you turn the starter switchoff. It will remain active for 60 seconds, oruntil:

1. The driver's door is opened and closed.

2. The vehicle is locked with the handset orkey.

NOTE: If the sensor fails itsself-check fivetimes consecutively, only the 'perimetric'elements of the security system willbe active(doors, bonnet and tailgate). Any attempt to'superlock' with the handset willresult in'ALARM FAUL T'being displayed on themessage centre and amislock occurring (see'Mislock'). Seek qualified assistance to rectifythe fault.

Switching off the alarm sounderIf the alarm istriggered, it can be turned off inthree ways:

• Press the lock button once.

• Press the unlock button once.

• Turn the key in the driver's door to the'unlock' position (towards the front of thevehicle).

Page 13: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

70...................{:::::}::::

SUPERLOCKINGIf the vehicle is 'superlocked' (with either thehandset, orthe key), the doors CANNOT beunlocked or opened from inside the vehicle.

For this reason DO NOT superlock the vehiclewith passengers inside.

P0166

Anti-theft alarm indicator lightAfter locking the vehicle, the RED indicatorlight (arrowed in illustration) flashes rapidlyfor ten seconds to confirm that the securitysystem has been successfully armed. After tenseconds, the indicator light adjusts to aslowerfrequency, and then continues to flash as ananti-theft deterrent until such time as thesecurity system is disarmed.

If,while operating the handset (or key), thealarm sounds, this indicates that one of thedoors, the bonnet orthe tailgate is notproperly closed (the message centre displaywill confirm which aperture is not secure).

Although the handset can be successfullyoperated from asignificant distance from thevehicle, when locking it iswise to be closeenough to visually confirm that the doorlocking buttons have dropped into place andthat the indicator light confirms asuccessfullock.

NOTE: Occasional atmospheric conditionscan significantly reduce the effective range ofhandset operation. If this occurs, operate thehandset closer to the vehicle. Inextremecases, it may be necessary to touch thehandset against the radio aerial 'fired' ontoone of the rear side windows.

13

1

P0200

'Super/ocking' using the handset:Press and release the 'lock' button (1) on thehandset twice (within 1%seconds). After 15seconds you will hear 'superlocking' engage.

If any door, the bonnet ortailgate is left open,amislock will occur (see 'Mislock').

If awindow or sunroof is open, superlockingwill engage immediately, however volumetricprotection will not be activated.

To unlock:Press and release the 'unlock' button (2) onthe handset once.

If the handset is inoperative, the vehicle canbe unlocked by using the emergency keyaccess code (see 'Emergency key access').

Page 14: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

'Superlocking' using the key:Wherever possible the handset MUST be usedto 'superlock' the vehicle. However, if thehandset is inoperative, the key can be used asfollows:

Turn the key in the driver's door towards therear of the vehicle (and release) twice within11

/ 2 seconds.

NOTE: 'Superlocking'the vehicle using thekey willprovide perimetric protection only ­volumetric protection (protection of theinterior space inside the vehicle) WILL NOTBE ACTIVEI If any door, the bonnet, or thetailgate is leftopen, amislock willoccur (see'Mislock').

To unlock:Wherever possible use the handset to unlockthe vehicle - press and release the 'unlock'button.

If necessary, the key can be used to unlock a'superlocked' vehicle, but before the enginecan be started, it will be necessary to releasethe engine immobilisation function by enteringthe emergency key access code (see'Emergency key access').

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

If unattended passengers are to be left inthe vehicle, DO NOT superlock.Unattended passengers should lock thevehicle from inside by pressing down thedriver's door sill button.

If animals are to be left in the vehicle,volumetric protection MUST NOT beactivated - any movement inside thevehicle could trigger the alarm.

DO NOT leave children unattended in thevehicle!

14

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

NEVER 'superlock'the vehicle if passengersare to be left inside - 'superlocking'prevents door locks from being operatedfrom INSIDE aswellasoutside the vehicle!

NOTE: If the handset 'lock' button or the doorkey are operated once, the central locking willbe activated, but the alarm willonly be in'perimetric'mode and the doors and locksCAN be opened from the inside. ALWAYS,where possible secure the vehicle by'superlocking'.

'Sill' lockingTo operate the central locking from inside thevehicle, push down either front door sillbutton.The security system will NOT be armed.

NOTE: 'SiII'locking (also known as slamlocking) is NOT possible from outside thevehicle.

Page 15: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

ENGINE IMMOBILISATIONEngine immobilisation is an important aspectof the Range Rover's security system, andincludes afeature known as 'passiveimmobilisation'. This isdesigned to safeguardthe vehicle from theft should the driver forgetto lock the doors. The engine isautomaticallyimmobilised whenever any of the followingconditions occur.

1. When the vehicle is locked using thehandset or key.

2. Thirty seconds after the starter switch hasbeen turned offAND the driver's dooropened.

3. Ten minutes after the starter switch hasbeen turned off (even if the key remains inthe starter switch and the driver's doorhas not opened).

15

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

It isvirtually impossible to leave the carunattended orattended without theengine being immobilised automatically.For this reason it is important that alldrivers are fully aware of the following:

The engine is re-mobilised by pressingthe 'unlock' button on the handset orinserting the key in the starter switch.

If the handset is lost ordamaged and failsto operate, the engine must bere-mobilised by entering the emergencykey access code before the vehicle can bedriven (see 'Emergency key access').

Page 16: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

EMERGENCY KEY ACCESSIf the handset is lost or fails to operate, theengine can be re-mobilised by using the key toenter a unique four digit emergency keyaccess code. The code is recorded on theSecurity Information card and isentered asfollows:

~·:=tJ 1. Using the key, turn the

/il

••. • driver's door lock··""'!!i!!i!!i!!iit:: (anti-clockwise) to the LOCK

I> position 4 times and return_....... ........, the key to the centre position

(as shown) after each turn of the key. It isnow possible to use the key to enter theseparate numerical values of the four digitsthat make up the emergency key access code.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

When entering acode:

• ENSURE each key movement iscarried out with care and precisionand turned through the full extent ofits travel.

• After turning the key to either thelock or unlock positions, make sureit is FULLY returned to the centre(vertical) position.

• If you forget your place in thesequence of key operations and,therefore, do not complete acode,open and then shut the door andstart entering the code again (thiswill not count as a failed attempt).

16

~: ..~ 2. Enter the FIRST digit of

WI the code. If the first digit is4,(~ turn the key (clockwise) to the

I. UNLOCK position 4 times.'=' Ensure the key is FULLY

returned to the centre position after each turnof the key.

~..J'" 3. Enter the SECOND digit of

i!!!'!!i!t!I!!!!!!i~) ~~~uCr~dt~·el~~~~~~~~n~o~~it is

I .< position 3 times. Remember;_............., the key must be FULLY

returned to the centre position after each turnof the key.

O~: ..~ 4. Enter the THIRD digit of

eo the code. If the third digit is2, turn the key to the UNLOCK

1_. position twice, ensuring that......, the key is FULLY returned to

the centre position after each turn of the key.

~·:=tJ 5. Enter the FOURTH digit of

••••••••••••••• 1............................................... the code. If the fourth digit is.> i.. 1, turn the key to the LOCK

I .< position once. Ensure the key_............., is FULLY returned to the

centre position after the key has been turned.

~: ..~ 6. FINALLY, turn the key to

WI the UNLOCK position once(~ more to disarm the alarm and

I. re-mobilise the engine. If the'=' code has been entered

successfully, the anti-theft alarm indicatorlight will extinguish, the doors will unlock andthe engine can be started.

Page 17: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

NOTE: During the access procedure, theanti-theft indicator lightwillcontinue to flash(indicating that the alarm isstill partiallyarmed).

NOTE: If the handset is inoperable, theemergency key access code must be enteredEVERY time you need to start the engine.

If an incorrect code has been entered:If the code has been entered incorrectly, theanti-theft alarm indicator light will continue toflash. In this case, return to '1' and re-enterthe code.

After three failed entry attempts, the securitysystem invokes adelay period of thirtyminutes during which the system will notaccept any further attempts to enter acode.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

• NEVER leave the Security Informationcard in the vehicle.

• Memorise the emergency key accesscode or keep the Security Informationcard on your person in case ofemergencies (a damaged handset forexample).

17

Page 18: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

MISLOCKA mislock will occur if:

• Adoor, bonnet or tailgate are left open.

• The key is left in the starter switch.

• An incomplete 'lazy lock' isattempted. Themessage centre will indicate the cause ofamislock e.g. 'SUNROOF BLOCKED'.

If amislock occurs, awarning 'bleep' willsound in which case you should unlock thevehicle, rectify the cause of the mislock andthen re-lock the vehicle.

LAZY LOCKING'Lazy locking' enables you to use the handsetor key to close the windows and sunroof atthe same time as you secure the vehicle.

To operate lazy locking:

1. Ensure the doors, bonnet and tailgate areproperly closed.

2. With the handset - press and hold the'lock' button (press twice and hold on thesecond press if 'superlocking').With the key - turn and hold the key in the'lock' position.

The doors and tailgate will lock and thewindows, followed by the sunroof will close.

NOTE: If a window or the sunroof detects anobstruction, amislock occurs and the lockingsequence will stop. Remove the obstructionbefore trying to 'lazy lock' again.

18

LAZY SEATSThe lazy seat facility isavailable only onvehicles fitted with adriver's seat memory.The facility enables the handsets to be used torecall the pre-set electric seat/mirror positionswhen you UNLOCK the door. The twohandsets are separately identified by differentlabels and by grey and black battery covers ­key 1 corresponds to driver's seat memory 1,and key 2 to seat memory 2 (see 'Seats').

NOTE: If additional handset/keys have beenobtained (key 3 and key 4), they are notlinkedto the memory seat system.

Press and hold the 'unlock' button on thehandset for 11

/ 2 seconds (the indicator lighton the handset flashes rapidly), and thenrelease. The driver's seat and both mirrors willmove to the positions programmed into therelevant seat memory.

NOTE: 'Lazy seats' will only operate ifvolumetric protection was activated when thevehicle was locked (ie. by 'superlocking' usingthe handset).It will notfunction if the alarm system hasalready been triggered since it was last set,and will be cancelled if adoor is opened, or ifthe vehicle is relocked.

Page 19: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

AUTO RELOCKAuto relock ensures that, if the vehicle isunlocked accidentally, the vehicle will relockitself automatically after a60 second delay.

Once the 'unlock' button on the handset hasbeen pressed, the alarm system will monitorthe vehicle for 60 seconds. If any of thefollowing occur during this period, the vehiclewill remain unlocked:

• Adoor or the tailgate is opened.

• Interior movement isdetected.

• The key is inserted into the starter switch,or the switch isturned to position '1'.

However, if none of the above has occurredwithin 60 seconds, then the vehicle willautomatically return to its previous 'locked'state.

19

t\O)is

P0019

CHILD-PROOF LOCKS (rear doors only)Move the lever downwards (arrowed inillustration) to engage.

With the child-proof locks engaged, the reardoors cannot be opened from inside thevehicle, thereby avoiding the risk ofadoorbeing opened accidentally while the vehicle ismoving.

Opening the doorsWhen opening adoor from outside thevehicle, it is recommended that the movingpart of the handle is held by the fingers andthat the door catch is operated by pushingwith the thumb against the fixed part of thehandle.

Page 20: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

g.-.... . ,' .

...

l~B

P0020

When the switch istripped, the messagecentre will alternately display; 'REFERHANDBOOK' and 'INERTIA SWITCH'.

To reset the switch, press the rubber top(arrowed in illustration).

NOTE: The vehicle can be secured even if theswitch has been tripped byremoving thestarter key, opening and closing one of thefront doors and then locking the vehicle.

INERTIA CUT-OFF SWITCHThis switch isasafety device thatautomatically unlocks the doors in the eventof an accident or sudden impact (provided thestarter switch isturned on). In addition, theinertia switch inhibits power to the electricfuel pump, turns off the heating and airconditioning fans, and turns on the hazardwarning lights, which continue flashing untileither the starter switch isturned off or theinertia switch is reset.

The switch is located behind the vertical panelin the right hand footwell. Remove the coverby using acoin to rotate the turnbuckleanti-clockwise and then prise the cover off.

20

.....................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::J##~:~~~~::::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Always check for fuel leaks before resettingthe switch!

Page 21: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Locks & alarm

P0024

Handset batteriesWhen the batteries need replacing, themessage centre will display 'KEY BATTERYLOW'. To replace:

• Remove the battery cover by turning thecover anti-clockwise with acoin.

• Taking care not to touch the circuit board,prise the batteries from the cover and fitnew ones (with the positive side facing thecover), and replace the cover.

The batteries should be replaced within 1minute of removing the old ones, otherwise itmay be necessary to re-synchronise thehandset (see 'Handset synchronisation). Newbatteries are available from your dealer.

NOTE: Finger marks on the batteries willadversely affect battery life. If possible, avoidtouching the surface of the batteries, and wipeclean before fitting.

21

Handset synchronisationThe handset transmits acoded message,which changes each time a button is pressed.If a handset is operated too many times out ofrange of the vehicle or if the handset batteriesare removed for longer than a minute, it mayneed to be re-synchronised.

To synchronise:Insert the handset key into the starter switch;the handset will then be re-synchronised.

NOTE: Handset synchronisation cannot beachieved if the vehicle alarm isarmed or if thehandset batteries need replacing.

Page 22: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Tailgate

CLOSING THE TAILGATERaise the lower tailgate first and close firmly.Then lower and close the upper tailgate.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Do not drive with the tailgate open;poisonous carbon monoxide fumes willenter the vehicle.

Always check that the tailgate is securebefore driving and before leaving thevehicle unattended.

P0026

OPENING THE TAILGATEWith the vehicle unlocked, press the releasebutton once to release the upper tailgate.

NOTE: There isahandle builtinto the loweredge of the upper tailgate to assist in openingand closing.

With the upper tailgate open, press the releasebutton again to release the lower tailgate,which can then be lowered to the horizontalposition.

NOTE: The tailgate cannot be opened if thevehicle battery is flat or disconnected. If thisoccurs, access to the loadspace can only beachieved byfolding the rear seats from insidethe vehicle (see 'Seats').

22

Page 23: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

H3058

Driver warning and information messages aredisplayed on the message centre in the lowerpart of the instrument pack. Messages havedifferent priority levels and are grouped intothe following categories.

CRITICAL WARNINGSCritical warning messages are accompaniedby an audible warning (three beeps).Messages are displayed continuously whilethe starter switch isturned on, and remaindisplayed while the fault persists.

DO NOT ignore these messages - TAKECORRECTIVE ACTION IMMEDIATELY!

Critical warnings are displayed continuously,normally on the lower line of the messagecentre, but if more than one message isto bedisplayed, then the upper display line will alsobe used.

WARNINGSWarning messages are non-critical, but mustbe treated with some urgency. They will alsobe accompanied by an audible warning (threebeeps) each time the message isdisplayed.

DO NOT ignore these messages - TAKECORRECTIVE ACTION IMMEDIATELY.

Warning messages are displayed forapproximately 4 seconds. If other warningmessages are pending, the display time will bereduced to approximately 2 seconds.

23

INFORMATION MESSAGES

GeneralAll information messages are displayed forapproximately 4 seconds. If other messagesare pending, the display time will be reducedto approximately 2 seconds. Note that 'CriticalWarning' and 'Warning' messages alwaysoverride 'Information' messages.

These information messages are grouped intothree categories:

Category 1Messages in this category will beaccompanied by asingle beep when themessage isdisplayed for the first time, andalso when the starter switch isturned on oroff. At any other time, only the message willbe presented - TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTION ASSOON AS POSSIBLE.

Category 2Messages in this category will beaccompanied by asingle beep each time themessage isdisplayed - TAKE CORRECTIVEACTION AS SOON AS POSSIBLE.

Category 3Messages in this category are NOTaccompanied by an audible warning. Only themessage will be displayed - TAKECORRECTIVE ACTION AS SOON ASPOSSIBLE.

Page 24: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

The following are CRITICAL WARNING messages and are listed in order of priority.

Message Meaning What to do?

ENGINE DISABLED the engine will not start due to alarm press the remote handsetsystem unlock button orenter the

emergency key access code- see 'Locks & alarm'

PRESS REMOTE orENTER KEYCODE as above as above

KEY CODE LOCKOUT incorrect code has been entered too wait 30 minutes and trymany times again

MARKET NOT SET the language for the message centre seek qualified assistanceis not set

SEAT BELT PLEASE you have not fastened your seat belt fasten your seat belt

INERTIA SWITCH* the fuel cut-off switch has been reset the switch - see 'Lockstripped & alarm'

GEARBOX OVRHEAT * automatic gearbox oil temperature reduce speed or selecttoo high lower gear. If message

persists, stop vehicle andallow gearbox to cool; seekqualified assistance ifmessage resumes.

TRANSFER OVRHEAT* transfer gearbox oil temperature too reduce speed or selecthigh lower gear. If message

persists, stop vehicle andallow gearbox to cool; seekqualified assistance ifmessage resumes

24

Page 25: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

Message Meaning What to do?

DOOR OPEN RH-R the right hand rear door is open close the door

DOOR OPEN LH-R the left hand rear door is open close the door

DOOR OPEN LH-F the left hand front door is open close the door

DOOR OPEN RH-F the right hand front door is open close the door

BONNET OPEN the bonnet is open close the bonnet

IGNITION KEY IN you have left the key in the starter remove the keyswitch

LIGHTS ON you have left your lights on switch off the lights

HEADLIGHT DELAY you have selected headlight delay-headlights will switch offautomatically

SLOW: 35 MPH MAX air suspension fault slow down to less than 35mph and seek qualifiedassistance

ENG OIL OVERHEAT engine oil temperature istoo high stop and allow the engine tocool; if the problempersists, do not drive - seekqualified assistance

* These messages alternate with the message 'REFER HANDBOOK'. When this isdisplayed, referto the appropriate section in this handbook for further information.

25

Page 26: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

Message Meaning What to do?

AIRBAG FAULT there isa problem with the airbag seek qualified assistanceSRS

RH FRONT WINDOW alternates with one of the following: refer to the descriptionLH FRONT WINDOW WINDOW NOT SET, WINDOW given for the alternatingRH REAR WINDOW BLOCKED, ANTI-TRAP OFF, messageLH REAR WINDOW orWINDOW OPEN

SPEED LIMIT --- you have exceeded your preset reduce your speed orcancelspeed limit the function

SPEED LIMIT OFF the preset speed limit has beencancelled

FUEL GAUGE FAULT as message suggests seek qualified assistance

TEMP GAUGE FAULT as message suggests seek qualified assistance

LH SEAT HEATER the fuse has blown fit a new fuse - thismessage alternates with thefuse number message

RH SEAT HEATER as above as above

SUNROOF the 'ANTI-TRAP' function is refer to 'ANTI-TRAP OFF'overridden (alternates with message messageANTI-TRAP OFF)

TRANSFER NEUTRAL the transfer box has moved to the remove fuse 11 if transferneutral position neutral is no longer required

BONNET opening the bonnet was the cause of check that the vehicle isthe alarm system triggering secure - message alternates

with the ALARMTRIGGERED message

LH FRONT DOOR opening this door was the cause of check that the vehicle isRH FRONT DOOR the alarm system triggering secure - messageLH REAR DOOR alternates with ALARMRH REAR DOOR TRIGGERED message

IGNITION TAMPER turning the starter switch on was the as abovecause of the alarm system triggering

TAILGATE opening the tailgate was the cause as aboveof the alarm system triggering

26

Page 27: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

The following are WARNING messages;

Message Meaning What to do?

TAILGATE OPEN the tailgate is open close the tailgate

WINDOW BLOCKED the anti-trap function has detected this message will alternatean obstruction while the window is with another one to indicatebeing closed which window isaffected -

remove the obstruction

SUNROOF BLOCKED the anti-trap function has detected remove the obstructionan obstruction while the sunroof is before trying to reclose thebeing closed sunroof

ALARM FAULT the alarm system has afault seek qualified assistance

ANTI-TRAP OFF the anti-trap function for one or ensure that there are nomore windows orthe sunroof is obstructions in the aperturedisabled - message alternates withanother to indicate which anti-trapfunction isdisabled

EAS FAULT there isafault with the air seek qualified assistancesuspension system

ABS FAULT there isafault with the anti-lock seek qualified assistancebraking system

SLOW: 20 MPH MAX your road speed istoo high for the slow down to less than 20current ride height mph

SLOW: 35 MPH MAX your road speed istoo high for the slow down to less than 35current ride height mph

27

Page 28: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

FUSE FAILURE MESSAGESThe following fuse failure messages are INFORMATION CATEGORY 1 messages. (see 'Fuses'forfuse replacement information).

Message

FUSE 2 to 22 FAILED

Meaning

Fuse blown

Action

Fit a new fuse

Notes:

1. The fault messages for fuses 10 and 20may also be displayed in conjunction withthe messages 'RH SEAT HEATER' and 'LHSEAT HEATER'. This will occur if the seatheater affected by the relevant blown fuseis operated.

2. The fault message for fuse 12 may also bedisplayed in conjunction with the message'HEATED REAR WINDOW'. This will occurif the heated rear screen is operated afterfuse 12 has blown.

3. In all cases, the fuse failed message willalternate with the appropriate descriptionmessage e.g. 'FUSE 10 FAILED', followedby 'RH SEAT HEATER'.

28

4. Fuse 1 covers the instrument pack. If thisfuse fails, replace the fuse (no messagecan be given because the message centreiscontrolled by the instrument pack).

5. The message centre responds to multiplefuse failures by displaying separatemessages, one after the other.

Page 29: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

BULB FAILURE MESSAGESThe following are INFORMATION CATEGORY 1 messages. (see 'Bulb replacement').

Message Meaning What to do?

RH DIP BEAM Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH DIP BEAM Bulb failed Replace bulb

RH MAIN BEAM One or both bulbs failed Replace bulb

LH MAIN BEAM One or both bulbs failed Replace bulb

RH SIDE LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH SIDE LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

FRONT INDICATOR One or both bulbs failed Replace bulb

RH FRONT FOG Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH FRONT FOG Bulb failed Replace bulb

RH TAIL LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH TAIL LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

RH BRAKE LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH BRAKE LIGHT Bulb failed Replace bulb

REAR INDICATOR One or both bulbs failed Replace bulb

RH REAR FOG Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH REAR FOG Bulb failed Replace bulb

RH REVERSE Bulb failed Replace bulb

LH REVERSE Bulb failed Replace bulb

NUMBER PLATE Bulb failed Replace bulb

The message centre will respond to multiple bulb failures by displaying separate messages, oneafter the other.

All bulb failure messages will be displayed when the starter switch isturned on oroff and whenthe system affected by the relevant bulb failure is operated. The message 'BULB FAILURE' willalternate with the appropriate bulb description message, e.g. 'BULB FAILURE' followed by 'RHREAR FOG'.

29

Page 30: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

MISCELLANEOUS FAULT MESSAGES

The following are INFORMATION CATEGORY 1 messages.

Message Meaning

LOW SCREEN WASH as message suggests

GEARBOX FAULT as message suggests

TRACTION FAILURE as message suggests

LOW BRAKE FLUID as message suggests

What to do?

fill the screenwash reservoir

seek qualified assistance

seek qualified assistance

top-up the fluid reservoirand/or seek qualifiedassistance

ODOMETER ERROR

KEY BATTERY LOW

as message suggests

as message suggests

seek qualified assistance

fit new batteries in thehandset

The following are INFORMATION CATEGORY 2 messages.

Message

MEMORY 1 STORED

MEMORY 2 STORED

REAR WINDOWS ON

ALARM TRIGGERED

MIRROR DIP STORE

Meaning

you have stored the seat and mirrorpositions into memory store 1

you have stored the seat and mirrorpositions into memory store 2

you have enabled the rear doorwindow operating switches

the alarm has been triggered sincethe ignition was last turned off

you have stored the reverse dippositions of the door mirrors inmemory

30

What to do?

no action required

no action required

no action required

no action required - wasyour vehicle secure whenyou returned to it?

no action required

Page 31: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message centre

Message Meaning What to do?

WINDOW NOT SET the one-touch and anti-trap set the one-touch andfunctions are not set anti-trap functions see

'Electric windows'

SUNROOF NOT SET the one-touch and anti-trap set the one-touch andfunctions are not set anti-trap functions see

'Electric sunroof'

WINDOW SET you have successfully set the no action requiredone-touch and anti-trap functions

SUNROOF SET you have successfully set the no action requiredone-touch and anti-trap functions

TRACTION OVRHEAT the warning light will flash. Traction prevent wheel spincontrol has been disabled to prevent condition by easing off theoverheating of the system's braking throttlecomponents, and will be re-enabledwhen the braking components havecooled

INT LIGHTS OFF auto function has been turned off see 'Interior equipment'

INT LIGHTS ON auto function has been turned on see 'Interior equipment'

EAS MANUAL you have locked the air suspension CAUTION the vehicle isin ACCESS ride height being driven on its bump

stops

ALTERNATOR FAULT as message suggests seek qualified assistance

START ENGINE you may now start the engine see 'Locks & alarm'

31

Page 32: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message

MIRROR DIP ON

Message centre

Meaning

the door mirror dip function fordriving in reverse gear has beenturned on

What to do?

no action required

MIRROR DIP OFF the door mirror dip function for no action requireddriving in reverse gear has beenturned off

* This message alternates with the message 'REFER HANDBOOK'. When this isdisplayed, referto the appropriate section in this handbook for further information.

The following are INFORMATION CATEGORY 3 messages;

Message

SUNROOF OPEN

RIGHT PARK LIGHT

LEFT PARK LIGHT

PARK LIGHTS

MOVEMENT DETECT

Meaning

you have removed the starter keyand opened the drivers door with thesunroof still open

you have set the right hand frontand rear side lights as parking lights

you have set the left hand front andrear side lights as parking lights

you have set the right and left handfront and rear side lights as parkinglights

the alarm system issensingmovement in the vehicle when youare trying to 'Superlock'

32

What to do?

if you are leaving thevehicle, close the sunroof

turn the lighting switch off ifparking lights are notrequired

turn the lighting switch off ifparking lights are notrequired

turn the lighting switch off ifparking lights are notrequired

isolate the cause of themovement and try again ­do not attempt to'Superlock' with people oranimals inside the vehicle

Page 33: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Message

SELECT NEUTRAL

SLOW DOWN

Message centre

Meaning

you have made an attempt to changegear ranges without the gearboxbeing in NEUTRAL

your current road speed istoo highto perform atransfer box rangechange

33

What to do?

select neutral

stop the vehicle beforechanging range

Page 34: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

MANUALLY-OPERATED FRONT SEATS

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::\::::::::::::::::\::::\::::\:\.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

To avoid the risk ofloss ofcontrol andpersonal injury, never adjust the driver'sseat orseatback while the vehicle is inmotion.

DO NOT allow occupants to travel with theseat backs reclined steeply rearwards.Optimum benefit is obtained from the seatbelt with the seat back angle set to 15degrees from the upright (vertical) position.

Backrest movementRotate the handwheel to achieve the desiredbackrest angle.

P0030A

Forwardlbackward movementRaise the bar to move the seat forward orback. Ensure that the seat is locked in positionbefore driving.

34

P0031A

Height adjustment(driver only)

Move the front of the switch up or down toraise or lower the seat cushion.

Page 35: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

P0029

Head restraint adjustmentHead restraints are designed to restrainrearward movement of the head in the eventofacollision.

Depress the button to raise or lower. Tilt theangle of the restraint to ensure it isas close tothe back of the head as possible.

i::i:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::iwi~i~Jij,9ii:i::ii:i::ii:i::ii::i::ii::i::ii::i::ii::• DO NOT drive with the head restraints

removed.

• ALWAYS adjust the height ofthe headrestraint to support the back ofthe head,NOT the neck.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Your vehicle is fitted with side impactairbags. Refer to the Airbag SRS sectionof this handbook before fitting seatcovers, or carrying out any repair orretrimming operations to the seat orseatcovers

35

P0040

Folding armrestsAn adjustable folding armrest is fitted to theinboard side of the front seats.

Pull the armrest down into the horizontalposition then turn the knob at the end of thearmrest to set the desired angle.

Page 36: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

POWER OPERATED FRONT SEATS(where fitted)

Seat adjustment is only possible when thestarter switch isturned to positions '1' or '11'orwith afront door open when the starterswitch isat position '0'.

The following functions are available:

Seat forward &rearwardPush and hold the switch forwards orbackwards to move the seat to the desiredposition.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::?:::?::::::::::?::::?::::?:?.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

To avoid the risk ofloss ofcontrol, DO NOTadjust the driver's seat while the vehicle isin motion.

36

Seat cushion angleTwist the switch forward or back to tilt thefront or rear of the seat cushion to the desiredposition.

P0038

Seat cushion heightPush the switch up or down to raise or lowerthe cushion.

Page 37: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

.....................

¢¢;).. . ... . ..

W) iiiiiiL-/.

Head restraint adjustmentRaise or lower the switch until the headrestraint is level with the back of the head.

Head restraints are designed to support theback ofthe head (NOT THE NECK), and torestrain rearward movement ofthe head inthe event ofa collision. The restraint mustbe positioned behind the head to beeffective.

P0033

Lumbar support adjustmentPress the upper button to increase, and thelower button to reduce, lumbar support.

Seat back adjustmentTwist the switch forward or backward until thedesired seat back angle isachieved. IMPORTANT INFORMATION

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::?:::?::::::::::?::::?::::?:?.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT allow occupants to travel with theseat backs reclined steeply rearwards.Optimum benefit is obtained from the seatbelt with the seat back angle set to 15degrees from the upright (vertical) position.

Your vehicle is fitted with side impactairbags. Refer to the Airbag SRS sectionof this handbook before fitting seatcovers, or carrying out any repair orretrimming operations to the seat orseatcovers

37

Page 38: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

P0039

DRIVER'S SEAT/MIRRORS MEMORYFACILITY

(where fitted)

NOTE: Not allelectric seat installationsinclude the seat and mirror memory facilities.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::i~~:~I~9::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Before activating the seat/mirror memory,ensure that the area immediatelysurrounding the seats is clear ofobstructions.

38

Your vehicle can memorise two differentdriver seating and mirror positions. To storethe positions in the system memory, thestarter switch must be turned to eitherposition '1' or '11' and the transmission mustNOT be in reverse gear.

Set the driver's seat and both door mirrors tothe required positions and store the settingsby pressing and holding the SEAT MEMORYswitch together with either switch 1 or2 for 2,

seconds. 'MEMORY 1 STORED' or 'MEMORY2 STORED' will be displayed on the messagecentre to confirm the storing action.

To recall your stored position after the seat ormirrors have been moved by another driver,press and hold the appropriate switch (1 or2); the seat and mirrors will return to theposition stored by that memory switch. Oncethey have reached their memory positions atone will sound to confirm that the operationiscomplete.

NOTE: If the memory positions are storedwhilst the lights are on, the illumination levelof the instrument panel willalso be stored inthe memory.

Page 39: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

Driver's seat one-touch operationThe one-touch function is operated by brieflypressing the relevant memory switch (1 or 2).The seat will then automatically move to thememory position.

'One touch' operation can be cancelled at anytime by pressing either of the memoryswitches or any of the seat axis switches.Pressing either of the seat memory switchesstops all movement immediately: pressing oneof the axis switches cancels the memory seatmovement but starts the seat moving in thedirection of the switch which is pressed.Release the switch to stop all movement.

• Automatic transmission: the one-touchfunction is NOT available when the engineis running and the gearshift lever is out of'P' (park).

• Manual transmission: the one-touchfunction is NOT available when the engineis running.

Lazy seatsThe lazy seat facility enables the handsets tobe used to recall seat and mirror positionswhen you UNLOCK the doors.

If the vehicle had been superlocked using ahandset, then pressing the UNLOCK BUTTONon handset 1 for more than 1%secondscauses the driver's seat and both mirrors tomove to the position stored by memoryswitch 1. Pressing the UNLOCK BUTTON onhandset 2 for more than 1%seconds causesthe driver's seat and both mirrors to move tothe position stored by memory switch 2.

39

Passenger seat memories(if fitted)

The operation of the passenger seat memoriesisthe same as that for the driver's apart fromthe following:

• One-touch operation isavailable whenevernormal memory operation isavailable.

• Passenger seat memories do not includethe mirror positions or instrument panelillumination level.

• The message centre will not confirm thestoring ofa memory position.

Page 40: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

REAR SEAT

/:::/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NING)):::):::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.........................................................................................................................................................................."."-'."-'-"."-'-"-'-"."-'-"-'-"."-':.:':.:.:':.:':.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: .

DO NOT adjust any partofa seat while thevehicle is in motion.

Ensure your fingers are clear of the seatlatches when folding the rear seats.

Folding the rear seatsOne or both parts of the split rear seat can beeither partially folded to provide a usefulhorizontal surface or fully folded to furtherincrease the rear loadspace.

40

P0276

Before folding either part of the rear seat,ensure that the outer rear seat belts arecorrectly stowed in their belt clips (seeillustration). To avoid damaging the centreseat belt, roll the buckle neatly and stow it inthe space provided at its anchor point in thecentre of the rear seat.

To fold either part of the rear seat, press theappropriate release button 'A', then fold thebackrest down to position 1.To furtherincrease the loadspace, fold the backrest andseat base together to position 2.

When returning the rear seat to its normalposition, ensure that the backrest issecurelylatched in place before driving.

NOTE: If the seat base isnotfully latched inposition it willnotbe possible to raise thebackrest.

:!!:!::!!:!::!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:f{t,~:~t~~::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!When the seat is erected, the latchingmechanism should be visually checked andphysically tested to ensure that the latch issecure before driving.

Page 41: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seats

P0029

Rear head restraint adjustmentHead restraints are designed to restrainrearward movement of the head in the eventofacollision.

Lift to raise the head restraint. Depress thebutton to lower or remove the head restraint.

Tilt the angle of the restraint to ensure it is asclose to the back of the head as possible.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Always adjust the height of the headrestraint to support the back of the head, notthe neck.

DO NOT carry passengers with the headrestraints removed.

41

P0157

Rear seat armrestPull on the tab at the top of the armrest andfold down to the horizontal position.

Page 42: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seat belts

SEAT BELT SAFETY

Seat belts are life-saving equipment.In a collision, unrestrained passengers canbe thrown around inside the vehicle, orpossibly thrown out of the vehicle, resultingin injury to themselves and to otheroccupants. DO NOT take chances withsafety!

• DO make sure that ALL passengers aresecurely strapped in at all times; even forthe shortest journeys.

• ALWAYS adjust seat belts to eliminate anyslack in the webbing and to ensure thatthe diagonal belt passes across theshoulder without slipping off or pressingon the neck.

• ALWAYS fit the lap belt strap as low onthe hips as possible (never across theabdomen).

• DO NOT slacken the webbing by pullingthe belt away from the body - to be fullyeffective, the seat belt must remain in fullcontact with the body at all times.

• DO have seat belts checked if the vehicle isinvolved in an accident.

• DO NOT allow occupants to travel with theseat backs reclined steeply rearwards.Optimum benefit is obtained from the seatbelt with the seat back angle set to 15degrees from the upright (vertical)position.

42

• DO use the seat belts to secure large itemsof luggage that are to be carried on theseats - in the event of an accident,insecure items become flying missilescapable of causing serious injury.

• DO NOT fit more than one person into aseat belt, or fit aseat belt that istwisted orobstructed in any way that could impedeits smooth operation.

• DO NOT allow foreign matter (particularlysugary food ordrink particles) to enter theseat belt locks; such substances canrender the seat belt locks inoperative.

• Pregnant women should ask adoctor foradvice about the safest way to wear seatbelts.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.".

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Ensure that all seat belts are worn correctly- an improperly worn seat belt increases therisk ofdeath orserious injury in the event ofan accident.

The airbag supplementary restraint system(SRS) isdesigned to add to the overalleffectiveness ofthe seat belts, it DOES NOTreplace them. SEAT BELTS MUST ALWAYSBE WORN.

Page 43: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seat belts

P0041

Upper anchorage adjustmentThe height of the seat belt upper anchoragecan be adjusted for comfort AND safety. Pressand hold the button (arrowed in the upperillustration) to raise or lower.

For maximum benefit, the seat belt shouldalways be worn with the webbing crossing theshoulder MIDWAY BETWEEN THE NECK ANDTHE EDGE OF THE SHOULDER.

Ensure that the anchorage has 'clicked' intoone of the locked positions before driving.

43

Fastening inertia reel seat beltsDraw the belt over the shoulder and acrossthe chest, and insert the metal tongue plateinto the lock nearest the wearer; a 'click'indicates that the belt issecurely locked.

Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bonystructure of the body (pelvis, chest andshoulders) and can only be worn safely withthe seats in the normal UPRIGHT position; DONOT allow the front passenger to travel withthe seat steeply reclined. (See also 'Seatingpositions' in the 'Airbag SRS'section ofthishandbook).

Fastening lap beltsThe rear central seating position is fitted witha lap belt. To adjust, pull the slider (arrowed inillustration) along the belt and feed thewebbing through the buckle until the belt iscomfortably tight. Insert the metal tongueplate into the lock nearest to the centre of thevehicle.

Page 44: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seat belts

SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONERSThe seat belt pre-tensioners activate inconjunction with the airbag SRS and provideadditional protection in the event ofaseverefrontal impact on the vehicle (see 'AirbagSRS'). The pre-tensioners automaticallyretract the seat belts fitted to the front seats.This reduces any slack in both the lap anddiagonal portions of the belts, therebyreducing forward movement of the belt wearerin the event of asevere frontal collision.

The airbag SRS warning light on theinstrument panel will alert you to anymalfunction of the seat belt pre-tensioners.

If the pre-tensioners have been activated, theseat belts will still function as restraints, andmust be worn in the event that the vehicleremains in adriveable condition.

NOTE: The seat belt pre-tensioners willNOTbe activated byrear, side orminor frontalimpacts.

44

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The seat belt pre-tensioners will only beactivated once and then MUST BEREPLACED. Failure to replace thepre-tensioners will reduce theeffectiveness of the vehicle's restraintsystems.

After any frontal impact, the seat beltsand pre-tensioners must be checked and ,

if necessary, replaced. Also, after a periodof 15 years, the pre-tensioners must beexamined and replaced.

In the interests of safety, it isrecommended that removal orreplacement of the front seats, seat beltsand pre-tensioners should only be carriedout by a Land Rover dealer.

Disposing of vehiclesIf you sell your vehicle, be sure to informthe new owner that the vehicle is fittedwith pre-tensioners, and make the newowner aware that the pre-tensioners mustbe examined and replaced by qualifiedpersonnel after a period of 15 years.

If your vehicle isto be scrapped,unactivated pre-tensioners are potentiallyvery dangerous and must be safelydeployed in acontrolled environment byqualified personnel, before avehicle isscrapped.

Page 45: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seat belts

Infant and child restraintsChildren are more likely to receive injuriesfrom inflating airbags than taller occupants(see 'Airbag SRS'). For this reason, it isrecommended that children should always beseated in the rear of the vehicle in achildsafety seat or restraint system appropriate totheir age and size. A range of safety seatsapproved for use in your vehicle isavailablefrom your Land Rover dealer.

All infant and child restraint systems aredesigned to be secured in vehicle seats bymeans ofa lap belt or the lap portion ofalap/shoulder belt.

When installing and using any infant or childrestraint system, always follow themanufacturer's instructions. Failure toproperly secure the child restraint system canendanger the child in acollision orsuddenstop and cause injury to other passengers.

The centre rear seating position is fitted with alap belt which can be manually tightened tosecure an infant or child restraint system.Older children should use the lap/shoulderbelt fitted to the outer rear seating positions.

The above symbol affixed to the fascia panelofyour vehicle, warns against the use ofaREAR FACING child seat in the frontpassenger seat. This type of child seat couldcause serious injury to your child in the eventof an airbag deployment.

45

!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!::::::W"~!~Jij,9!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!U::!!::!::!!::Infants and children should be restrained inthe rear ofthe vehicle in a child safety seatorrestraint system appropriate to their ageand/or size, and which is approved for usein your vehicle. Always ensure that themanufacturer's fitting instructions arefollowed exactly.

Accident statistics show that children aresafer when properly restrained in the rearseating positions than in the front. However,if it is essential that a child travel in thefront, set the seat fully rearward and seatthe child in an approved, FORWARD FACINGchild seat. DO NOT use a rear facing childseat - an inflating airbag could impact withthe child seat and cause serious injury tothe child.

Page 46: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Seat belts

Caring for seat beltsRegularly inspect the belt webbing for signs offraying, cuts and wear, also paying particularattention to the condition of the fixing pointsand adjusters.

DO NOT bleach or dye the webbing. Clean thewebbing using warm water and non-detergentsoap only; allow to dry naturally and DO NOTretract the belts or use the vehicle until theyare completely dry.

Testing inertia reel seat belts

From time to time carry out the followingtests:

1. With the seat belt fastened, give thewebbing near the buckle aquick upwardpull. The buckle must remain securelylocked.

2. With the seat belt fastened, sit back in theseat and ensure any slack has beenrewound. Then move the upper bodysharply forward from the hips - themechanism must lock automatically andprevent any further unreeling of the belt.

3. With the seat belt unfastened, unreel thewebbing to the limit of its travel. Checkthat unreeling is free from snatches andsnags.

If aseat belt should fail any of these tests,contact your dealer immediately.

46

:!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:~t,~:~J~~::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!Always replace a seat belt that haswithstood the strain ofan impact orshowssigns offraying.

Page 47: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

The airbag SRS (supplementary restraint system) incorporates front and side airbags for both thedriver and front seat passenger.

Provided the front seat occupants are correctly seated with seat belts properly worn, the airbagsprovide additional protection to the chest and facial areas in the event of the vehicle receiving asevere frontal impact, and to the side of the body facing the impact, if asevere side collisionoccurs.

The front airbags are located in the centre pad of the steering wheel and in the fascia panel abovethe glovebox. Side airbags are positioned in the backrest padding on the outward side of bothfront seats (see illustration).

P0404

47

Page 48: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

To ensure correct deployment of the airbags,it isessential that obstructions are not allowedto intervene between an airbag and theoccupant. The following are examples of thetype of obstructions that could either, impedecorrect operation of the airbags, or jeopardisepersonal safety in the event of an airbagdeployment:

• Accessories attached to an airbag cover.

• Items of hand luggage or other objectsplaced on an airbag cover.

• Feet, knees orany other part of theanatomy in contact with, or in closeproximity to, afront airbag cover.

• Head, arms or any part of the anatomy incontact with, or in close proximity to, aside airbag.

• Items of clothing or cushions draped overthe part ofafront seat containing theairbag.

• Non-approved, seat covers fitted over afront seat (in particular, be aware that seatcovers approved for use with Range Rovervehicles prior to the introduction of sideairbags will NOT be suitable for vehiclesequipped with side airbags! If in doubt,seek advice from a Land Rover dealer).

48

How the airbag SRS worksIn the event of acollision, the airbag controlunit monitors the rate of deceleration inducedby the collision to determine whether theairbags should be deployed.

In the case ofasevere frontal collision, bothfront airbags will be deployed. In the case ofasevere side collision, only the airbag on theimpact side of the vehicle will inflate.However, there may also be impact conditionswhereby one side and both front airbagsdeploy at the same time, orwhere front andside airbags respond separately as a result ofasecondary impact occurring after the initialcollision has taken place.

P0402

Page 49: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

P0403

Airbag inflation isvirtually instantaneous andoccurs with considerable force accompaniedby a loud noise. The inflated airbag, togetherwith the seat belt restraint system, limit theoccupant's movement, thereby reducing therisk of injury to the head and upper torso.

When an airbag inflates, afine powder isreleased. This is not an indication ofamalfunction, however the powder may causeirritation to the skin and should be thoroughlyflushed from the eyes and any cuts orabrasions of the skin. After inflation, an airbagdeflates immediately. This provides agradualcushioning effect for the occupant and alsoensures that the driver's forward vision is notimpaired.

49

The airbag SRS is not designed tooperate as a result of rear collisions,minor frontal or minor side impacts, or ifthe vehicle overturns; nor will it operateas a result of heavy braking or drivingover bumps and potholes.

Operation of the airbag SRS isdependententirely on the acceleration ordeceleration forces that are applied to thevehicle's passenger compartment as aresult ofacollision. The circumstancesaffecting different collisions (vehiclespeed, angle of impact, type and size ofobject hit for example), vary considerablyand will affect the rate of acceleration ordeceleration accordingly.

It follows, therefore, that in someinstances, significant superficial damagecan occur to the vehicle without theairbags deploying and, conversely, that inother circumstances, the airbags willdeploy even though the vehicle hasexperienced relatively small amounts ofdamage.

Airbags will only deploy when they arerequired to supplement the restrainingforce of the seat belts.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~~~9:j:iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Following inflation, some airbag SRScomponents are hot - DO NOT touch untilthey have cooled.

Page 50: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

Side airbagsSide airbags are designed to protect thethorax region of the torso and will only deployin the event of asevere side impact. They willNOT inflate as a result of frontal or rearimpacts.

In the event of asevere side collision, theairbag on the impact side of the vehicle breaksthrough the seat covering, rapidly inflating toform acushion between the occupant and theside of the vehicle.

Note that a part of the outer side of the seattrim (identified by the woven 'airbag' label) ismanufactured with aspecially constructedseam which enables the airbag to breakthrough. The manufacture and materials of theseat are critical to the performance of theairbag. For this reason, non-approved seatcovers must NEVER be fitted, and it isrecommended that any repair or replacementto the front seats be carried out by a LandRover dealer (see 'Service information').

Airbag SRS warning lightAwarning light, mounted on the instrumentpack, will alert you to any malfunction whichmight prevent the airbag SRS from operatingcorrectly in the event of an impact. Thesystem should always be checked by adealerif any of the following symptoms occur:

• The warning light fails to illuminate whenthe starter switch isturned to position '11'.

• The warning light fails to extinguish withinapproximately five seconds after thestarter switch isturned to position '11'.

• The warning light illuminates while thevehicle is being driven.

50

NOTE: After the starter switch is turned toposition 'II', the system's diagnostic controlunitchecks its own memory and the warninglightbulb for faults. If a fault is found, thewarning lightwill illuminate.

Seating positionsIn order to provide optimum protection in theevent ofasevere vehicle impact, it isnecessary for the airbags to deploy withconsiderable speed.

An inflating airbag can cause facial abrasionsand other injuries if the occupant istoo closeto the airbag at the time of its deployment.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~:ijl~~:::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::To minimise the risk ofaccidental injuryfrom inflating airbags, seat belts should becorrectly worn atall times. In addition, bothdriver and front seat passenger shouldadjust the seat to provide the maximumpractical distance from the front airbags,and also ensure that a gap is maintainedbetween the upper torso and the side ofthevehicle to enable unobstructed inflation ofthe side airbags.

Page 51: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

Seating children

It is recommended that children shouldalways be seated in the rear of the vehicle in achild safety seat or restraint systemappropriate to their age and size (see 'Seatbelts').

If it is necessary for achild to travel in thefront, it isessential that the vehicle seat issetfully rearwards and that the child iscorrectlyseated in a FRONT FACING child safety seat,which prevents any part of the child's head oranatomy from coming into close proximitywith the side airbag (note the warning labelshown below).

H2736

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~:ijl~~:iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Under nocircumstances should a rearfacingchildseat beused in the front - an inflatingairbag could impact with the seat causingserious injuryto the child!

51

Service informationAfter a period of time (10 years for frontairbags, and 15 years for side airbags) fromthe original date of registration (ortheinstallation date ofa replacement airbagmodule), some components will need to bereplaced. Note the 'airbag module replacementdate' shown on page 2 of the Service Portfoliobook. To ensure absolute safety, it isrecommended that this work iscarried out bya Land Rover dealer who should stamp andsign the appropriate page of the ServicePortfolio book once the work iscomplete.

In addition, ALWAYS contact your dealer if:

• an airbag inflates

• the front orside of the vehicle isdamaged,even if the corresponding airbag has notinflated.

• any part of an airbag module cover showssigns of deterioration ordamage.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::ii~:ijJ~9:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::DO NOT attempt to service repair, replace,modify or tamper with anypartof the airbagSRS, or wiring in the vicinity of anairbagSRS component; this could cause thesystem to activate, resulting in personalinjury_

Page 52: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Airbag SRS

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

The components that make up the airbagSRS are sensitive to electrical or physicalinterference, either ofwhich could easilydamage the system and cause inadvertentoperation ora malfunction of any airbagmodule.

For your safety it is recommended thatyou seek the assistance ofa Land Roverdealer to carry out any of the following:

• Removal or repair of any wiring orcomponent in the vicinity of any ofthe SRS components (yellow wiringharness), including: the steeringwheel, steering column, front seats,instrument and fascia panels.

• Installation of electronic equipmentsuch as a mobile telephone,two-way radio or in-carentertainment system.

• Attachment of accessories to thefront or side of the vehicle.

• Modification to the front or side ofthe vehicle.

• Removal or replacement orretrimming ofafront seat or seatcover.

52

Disposing of vehiclesIf you sell your vehicle, be sure to inform thenew owner that the vehicle has an airbag SRS,and make the new owner aware of the airbagmodule replacement date shown on page 2 ofthe Service Portfolio book.

If the vehicle isto be scrapped: uninflatedairbags are potentially very dangerous andmust be safely deployed in acontrolledenvironment by qualified personnel BEFORE avehicle isscrapped.

Page 53: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Steering column

STEERING COLUMN ADJUSTMENTAdjust the angle and height of the steeringcolumn to suit your driving position:

1. Fully withdraw the lever and then pull ittowards the steering wheel rim.

2. Keeping the lever in this position, tilt thesteering column up ordown to therequired angle and pull or push to extendor retract the steering wheel.

3. Release the lever to lock the column inposition when acomfortable drivingposition has been achieved

P0096

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::(::::::::::::::::(::::(::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT attempt to carry out the followingadjustments while the vehicle isin motion.This isextremely dangerous.

53

Page 54: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Door mirrors

...II§

ELECTRICALLY-OPERATED DOOR MIRRORS

1. Slide the switch left or right to select theappropriate mirror.

2. With the starter switch turned to position'1' or '11', press the appropriate side of therocker switch to tilt the mirror glassup/down or left/right.

NOTE: If your vehicle has anelectrically-operated driver's seat, then thepositions of the mirrors can be set inconjunction with the driver's seat positions(see 'Seats').

NOTE: Door mirrors have integral heatingelements which disperse ice ormist from theglass. This function operates continuouslywhile the engine is running.

54

Automatic dimming (if fitted)The door mirrors are equipped with anautomatic dimming function that reducesglare from the headlights of following vehiclesat night. The dimming function isactivated bya light sensor fitted to the interior rear-viewmirror.

Automatic dipping for reverse gear selection(if fitted)

Vehicles with adriver's seat memory have apre-stored function which causes the mirrorsto dip automatically whenever reverse gear isselected. If necessary the mirror positions canbe altered as follows:

1. Turn the starter switch to position '1' or '11'(do not start the engine).

2. Select reverse gear.

3. Adjust either or both mirrors to thedesired positions.

4. Press the seat MEMORY STORE switchtogether with either switch 1 or2(whichever corresponds with the driver'sseat memory) for 2 seconds (the messagecentre displays 'MIRROR DIP STORE').

Page 55: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Door mirrors

To disable the dip function:Turn the starter switch to position '1' or '11' (donot start the engine) and select reverse gear.

Press and hold the seat MEMORY STOREswitch for 2 seconds and the message centredisplays 'MIRROR DIP OFF' and atonesounds.

To restore the dip function:Turn the starter switch to position '1' or '11' (donot start the engine), and select reverse gear.

Press and hold the MEMORY STORE switchfor 2 seconds and the message centre brieflydisplays the message 'MIRROR DIP ON'(returning mirrors to, either the factory oryour own pre-set positions).

Manual adjustmentEach door mirror assembly can be movedthrough four positions.

The fully forward and rearward positionsenable the mirror body to fold almost flatagainst the side of the vehicle and are usefulfor negotiating narrow openings. The twointermediate positions enable the mirror bodyto be adjusted to suit the differingrequirements of either the passenger ordriver's side of the vehicle - the forwardintermediate position should be used for thedriver's side, and the rear intermediateposition used for the passenger side.

55

Page 56: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Instruments

1 2

1. TachometerIndicates engine speed in revolutions perminute.

Your vehicle is fitted with asystem whichautomatically restricts the number ofrevolutions per minute once the engine'smaximum 'governed' speed has been reached.

Engine speed restriction limitsPetrol: 5,500 rpmDiesel: 4,950 ± 150 rpm

2. SpeedometerIndicates road speed in miles and/orkilometres per hour.

56

3. Total distance recorderIndicates the total distance travelled by thevehicle. (Turn the starter switch to position IIto illuminate display).

4. Trip recorder (trip 1)Records individual journey distances (see also'Trip computer'). (Turn the starter switch toposition II to illuminate display).

5. Trip recorder reset button (trip 1)Press to return the trip recorder to zero.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT attempt to open the instrument packorchange the instrument bulbs - warrantycover may be invalid if the pack has beentampered with.

Page 57: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Instruments

r/min...000

"" "" ".~..+"""~===:;;;::.<}}~}):#+::#:::::::~###~###§

•• ~~lilil~~i~ilili~::,.,~~)"",~""",~""""SR,S,",::lili~~li.ilil~~ilil ~~Iil~!!!!!!:!!!!. "~:~ •• ',:,:~: •• "~:~.~ •• ',:~:, :::::::::::::::::::::'

H3060

6. Temperature gaugeOnce the engine coolant has reached itsnormal operating temperature the pointershould be almost vertical (the precise positionwill vary depending on the ambienttemperature). If the pointer moves close tothe RED segment a RED warning light in thetemperature gauge illuminates. Should thepointer move INTO the red segment, stop thevehicle as soon as safety permits and seekqualified assistance before continuing.

7. Fuel gaugeThe pointer drops to zero when the starterswitch isturned off, but quickly rises to showthe level of fuel in the tank when the switch isturned to position '11'. After refuelling, thegauge rapidly changes to reflect the increaseof fuel in the tank.

An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates on whichside of the vehicle the fuel filler flap is located.

NOTE: The gauge may notindicate fuel levelincreases of 31

/ 4 gallons (15litres) or less.

57

When the fuel remaining in the tank isaminimum of2 gallons (9 litres), the AMBERwarning light will illuminate. If the lightilluminates, refuel at the first opportunity.

Fuel tank capacity isapproximately:

Petrol engines: 22 usable gallons (100 litres)

Diesel engines: 20 usable gallons (90 litres)

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAfl:NJNSU::/:::::::::::::::/:::::::/:::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

NEVER allow your vehicle to run out offuel(the resultant misfire may destroy thecatalytic converter).

Page 58: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Warning lights

H3061

• E:3 ~ SRS

(8) (CD) ,g •••••• [ ... >]) •• ··0···

The specification of the warning lights willvary according to model and marketrequirements.

Some warning lights may also beaccompanied by a message which will appearin the message centre display on theinstrument pack. (see 'Message centre'fordetails).

The warning lights are colour coded asfollows:

GREEN & BLUE lights indicate that a unit isoperating.

AMBER & YELLOW lights are cautions.

RED lights are warnings.

58

Check engine - AMBERThe light illuminates when thestarter isturned to position '11' as

a bulb check and extinguishes when theengine is running. Illumination atany othertime indicates an engine fault; if the lightilluminates while driving, avoid high speedsand seek qualified assistance urgently.

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Glow plug - AMBER.

!!!.!!!! (Diesel only).:.:.>:.>:.:.>:.>:.:.>:.>:.:.: Illuminates when the starterswitch isturned to position '11'. WAITforthelight to extinguish before staring the engine.

................ Seatbelt - RED.iii The light illuminates for 6................. seconds when the starter switchisturned to position '11'. ALWAYS fasten yourseat belt BEFORE driving.

Page 59: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Warning lights

..::.::..::.:..::.:..: Handbrake/brake system - RED.iii~.lii Illuminates for3 seconds as a:::!:":.:.::::{:: bulb check when the starterswitch isturned to position '11' and alsoilluminates when the hand brake isapplied andthe starter switch is in position '11'.

The light should extinguish when thehandbrake is fully released or after the bulbcheck if the handbrake is off. If the lightilluminates whilst driving, afault is indicated.Stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits andseek qualified assistance before continuing.

NOTE: If the vehicle has been standing forsome time, it may take up to40 secondsbefore the light extinguishes (in this case, ASSand TC warning lights willalso beilluminated).

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Battery charging - RED.iiil:t::::Jtlii Illuminates as a bulb check when::::::::::::<::::::<:::: the starter switch isturned toposition '11' and extinguishes when the engineis running. If it remains on or illuminateswhen driving, afault is indicated. Seekqualified assistance urgently.

..::.::..::.:..::.:..: Trailer direction indicators -".:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

III ~~~~i~ht isonly operative whenatrailer isconnected to the vehicle via amulti-pin socket. The light flashes inconjunction with the vehicle directionindicators, thus confirming that the trailerindicator lights are operating correctly. In theevent of the failure ofatrailer directionindicator light, the warning light will notilluminate.

59

::::::::::::::::::::::::: Low engine oil pressure - RED.:~: Illuminates as a bulb check when:::}}}}}}}} the starter switch is turned toposition '11', and extinguishes when the engineis running. If it remains on when the engine isstarted, or comes on during a journey, stopthe vehicle as soon as safety permits and seekqualified assistance before continuing. Alwayscheck oil levels when this light illuminates.

NOTE: At very lowambient temperatures thelightmay take several seconds to extinguish.

................. ABS - YELLOW.

iii{~)ii This light illuminates for):::::;;;:;;:;:::::) approximately 1 second when thestarter switch isturned to position '11', andthen briefly extinguishes before coming onagain. If the light does not extinguish and thenilluminate again then afault has occurred withthe ABS system and you should consult yourLand Rover dealer at the earliest opportunity.The warning light will remain illuminated untilthe vehicle isdriven above approximately 5mph (7 km/h).

If the light remains illuminated orsubsequently illuminates whilst driving, afaulthas been detected by the self-monitoringsystem. The message centre will display 'ABSFAULT'; this means that full ABS control maynot be available, and you should consult yourdealer at the earliest opportunity.

Page 60: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Warning lights

...................................[::'

.....................•..........................

Illiiii:::i;::::i::ill

.:..:..::..:.::..:.::. Airbag SRS - RED.

.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

::::5:85::: The light illuminates when the;:»}}}>}~< starter switch is turned toposition '11', and extinguishes afterapproximately 5 seconds. If the lightilluminates at any other time, afault isindicated. Seek qualified assistance urgently.

Transfer gearbox - AMBER .The light starts flashing when the'Hi/Lo' switch is pressed (manual

gearbox vehicles), orwhen the selector leveris moved across the 'H-gate' (automaticgearbox vehicles), and continues flashing untilthe transfer gearbox has completed achangefrom one range of gears to another.

On manual gearbox vehicles, DO NOT releasethe clutch or select agear until the light stopsflashing. On automatic gearbox vehicles, DONOT release the brakes ordrive until the lightstops flashing.

.............. Traction control (Te) - AMBER.

1111~1~~11111 Illuminates for three seconds............................. after the starter switch isturnedon and the ABS and traction control systemshave completed their self-checks.

Whilst driving, the Te light will illuminate (fora minimum oftwo seconds) whenevertraction control isactive; the lightextinguishing as soon as traction controlceases. The light flashing (for at leasttenseconds) indicates that the system has beenover-used; it will be available again once thesystem components have cooled.

If the light illuminates continuously, afaultwith the system is indicated; seek qualifiedassistance.

60

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: Direction indicators - GREEN.'Ii. The left or right warning light............. flashes in time with thecorresponding left or right direction indicatorswhenever they are operated. Awarning lightflashing at twice the normal speed indicatesthat adirection indicator bulb has failed (themessage centre will indicate which bulb isfaulty). If atrailer isconnected and a rearindicator bulb fails then the message will notbe displayed. When the hazard switch ispressed, both warning lights will illuminate inconjunction with the indicator lights.

:::::::::::::::::::::::: Headlight main beam - BLUE.:::;(1::: This light illuminates whenever:::::::::::::::::::::::: the main beam headlights are on.

:::::::::::::::::::::::: Lights on - GREEN.:!p:p:$o: This light illuminates when the:::::::::::::::::::::::: sidelights and/or headlights areswitched on. It will not illuminate whenparking lights or headlight delay are inoperation.

Air suspension - AMBERIlluminates as a bulb check whenthe starter switch isturned on

and remains illuminated until two secondsafter the engine has started.

In addition, the light will illuminate whilstdriving whenever 'High' or 'Extended' rideheights are selected, and also if a fault withthe air suspension system isdetected.

Page 61: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Warning lights

AUDIBLE WARNINGSIn some markets one or more of the followingaudible warnings may be included in thevehicle specification.

Starter key warningAn audible warning sounds if the key is left inthe starter switch when the driver's door isopened if the engine is not running. It willcease as soon as the key is removed orthedriver's door isclosed.

This isaccompanied by the message centredisplaying 'IGNITION KEY IN'.

Lights on warningAn audible warning sounds if the driver's dooris opened whilst the headlights are turned onand after the key is removed from the starterswitch. It will cease as soon as the lights areswitched off orwhen the driver's door isclosed. The warning isaccompanied by themessage centre displaying 'LIGHTS ON'.

61

Driver's seat belt reminderAcontinuous audible warning sounds and themessage centre displays 'SEAT BELT PLEASE'for a6 second period or until the seat belt islatched.

Excess speed warningAcontinuous audible warning soundswhenever the vehicle speed exceedsapproximately 120 km/h and ceases as soonas the vehicle speed falls below 120 km/h.This isaccompanied by the message centredisplaying 'SPEED LIMIT 120'. This function isindependent of the trip computer overspeedfunction - (see 'Trip computer'for furtherinformation).

High/Low range change warningAn audible warning will sound whilst achangefrom one gear range to another isattempted.The warning will cease once the change iscomplete or iscancelled.

Page 62: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Lights & indicators

P0067 P0149

Direction indicatorsMove the lever DOWN to indicate a LEFT turn,and UP to indicate a RIGHT turn (theappropriate GREEN warning light on theinstrument panel will flash in time with thedirection indicators).

Hold the lever part-way up or down againstspring pressure to indicate a lane change.

62

--00' Side, tail and instrument panel- - lights, -- Insert the starter key and tu rn thelighting switch to position '1'.

Headlights~D Turn the lighting switch to:::. position '2'.

To illuminate the driveway after leaving thevehicle, the headlight courtesy delay can beoperated, as follows:

Headlight courtesy delay

1. Turn the lighting selector switch toposition '2' and the starter switch toposition'II'.

2. Turn the starter switch back to position'0', remove the key, and turn the lightingswitch from position '2' to '0'.

3. The headlights will remain on forapproximately 25 seconds and themessage centre will display 'HEADLIGHTDELAY'.

Page 63: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Lights & indicators

P0071

Headlight main and dipped beamsPull the lever fully towards the steering wheelto change from dipped beam to main beam(BLUE warning light on the instrument panelglows when the headlights are on mainbeam).

To flash the headlights, pull the lever part-waytoward the steering wheel (to the firstposition) and release.

Parking lightsWith the lighting switch in position '1' and thestarter key removed, move the directionindicator lever fully DOWN to illuminate theleft hand side and taillights or UP toilluminate the right hand side and taillights(lights on both sides will remain on if the leveris in its CENTRAL position). To switch off,turn the lighting switch to position '0'.

63

Instrument dimmer controlRotate the rocker switch to the left or right toreduce or increase the intensity of instrumentpanel illumination. The dimmer also controlsthe illumination level of switches and (wherefitted) the intensity of the air conditioning LCDdisplay.

The instrument dimmer also controls theintensity of the message centre display.However, note that if the illumination level isset to its maximum (rotate rocker switch tothe right and hold), then a momentary pressof the rocker switch to the left will dim themessage centre display, but leave theinstrument illumination at maximum.

NOTE: On vehicles fitted with power operatedmemory seats, if the side lights are switchedon when adriver's seat position isstored inthe seat memory, then the illumination level ofthe instrument panel willbe stored at thesame time.

Page 64: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wipers & washers

WINDSCREEN WIPERSThe windscreen wipers will only operate whenthe starter switch isturned to position '1' or'11'.

64

i::i:ii::i:ii::i:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::iwi:~iijJij,9ii:i::ii:i::ii:i::ii:i::ii:i::ii::i::ii::To prevent possible overload damage to thelinkage or the wiper motors in eitherfreezing or extremely hot conditions, caremust be taken to ensure that the wiperblades are not adhering to the glass beforeoperating the wipers.

FRONT SCREENTo operate the front screen wipers only, thelever must be pushed away from the steeringwheel.

Single wipeRaise the lever to position '1' and release.

Intermittent wipeLower the lever to position '2' to engageintermittent wipe. Rotate the thumb wheel leftor right to reduce or increase the delaybetween wipes.

Normal/fast speed wipeLower the lever to position '3' for normal; andto position '4' for fast continuous wipe speed.

Page 65: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wipers & washers

WINDSCREEN WASHER

REAR SCREENPull the lever towards the steering wheel forrear screen intermittent wipe.

All front wiper functions are also available inthis position, using the four positionsdescribed on the previous page.

If the front wipers are operating in intermittentmode then the rear wiper will wipe on everysecond operation of the front wipers. If thefront wipers are operating in continuousmode, then the thumbwheel controls the delayof the rear wiper.

65

Front screen wash/wipePress and hold the lower button to operate thefront screen wash/wipe. The washers willcontinue operating for as long as the button ispressed. After releasing the button, the wiperswill complete 3 full wipes before eitherparking orcontinuing with any other selectedwiper function.

A momentary press on the lower button willinitiate a programmed wash/wipe. Thewashers will operate briefly and then stopautomatically, the wipers then completing 3full wipes before either parking orcontinuingwith another function. Moving the lever to anyother front wipe position during theprogrammed wash/wipe will cancel theremainder of the programme.

NOTE: If the wiper system senses a low fluidlevel in the washer reservoir, then theprogrammed wash/wipe will only operate foras long as the button ispressed, i. e. there willbe no timed wash and no additional 3 wipes.

Page 66: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wipers & washers

Washer jetsTo adjust the front screen washer jets, insert aneedle into the jet orifice and use it to positionthe jet so that the spray isdirected towardsthe horizontal centre line of the windscreen.

If the jets become obstructed, a needle orstrand ofwire can be used to clear theblockage.

Rear screen wash/wipePress and hold the upper button to operatethe rear screen wash/wipe. The washer willcontinue operating for as long as the button ispressed. After releasing the button, the wiperwill complete 3 full wipes before eitherparking orcontinuing with any other selectedfunction.

A momentary press on the upper button willinitiate a programmed wash/wipe. The washerwill operate briefly and then stopautomatically, the wiper then completing 3 fullwipes before either parking or continuing withanother function. Moving the lever to anyother rear wipe position during theprogrammed wash/wipe will cancel theremainder of the programme.

66

The rear wiper will operate automaticallywhenever reverse gear isselected, providedthe front screen wipers are operating in eitherintermittent, orcontinuous mode.

Headlight wash/wipe (if fitted)Headlight wash/wipe iscontrolled by atimerunit, and operates automatically on everysecond wash of the front screenwash systemwhen the headlights are switched on.

NOTE: If the wiper system registers a lowscreen wash fluid level the headlightwash/wipe willnotoperate atal/.

Low screen wash fluidWhen the screen wash level is low, themessage centre displays 'LOW SCREENWASH'. The message appears whenever thefront or rear wash/wipe systems are used andisalso activated whenever the starter switch isturned to, or from, position '11'. To reset thesystem the reservoir must be filled when thestarter switch isturned off (see 'Windscreenwasher top-UP).

Page 67: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Switches

".:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

P0085

...............................................................................................................................j\{ ~OOIJ;14·~A -:>~i 0110 'i (:"7::>~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::....................................................... ··········································;·1:-:·:-:':-:-:':-:':-:-:':-.

//1 ( ......----..... ~ ( I «<»»::::

DASHBOARD CENTRE CONSOLE SWITCHESThe following switches are located on thecentre console between the driver and frontseat passenger:

:.. :<.::.. :<.::.. :<.::.. Front fog lights (if fitted)::::11::: Press to switch on and off; the::::::::::::::::::;:: switch illuminates while the lightsare switched on.

The lights operate only with the starter switchin position '11' and the headlights or side lightson. Note that the fog lights will have to bere-selected if the head/sidelights orthe starterswitch have been turned off.

DO remember to switch off as soon asvisibility isclear.

::::::::::::::::::::: Rear fog guard lights:::::C)I::::: Press to switch on and off; the::::::::::::::::::::: switch illuminates while the lightsare switched on. The rear fog guard lights willoperate only when the starter switch is inposition' II', and when either:

• the headlights are switched on, or

• the sidelights and front fog lights areswitched on.

Note that the fog guard lights will have to bereselected if the headlights or side lights andfront fog lights have been turned off.

REMEMBER: In clear conditions rear fogguard lights can dazzle other road users. Useonly when visibility isseverely restricted.

67

:..:.::..:.::..:.::.. Hazard warning lights:::::~::::: Press to operate; all the direction:«««< indicators, including those fittedto atrailer, will flash in conjunction with eachother.

Use ONLY in an emergency to warn otherroad users when your stationary vehicle iscausing an obstruction, or is in a hazardoussituation. Remember to switch off beforemoving away.

NOTE: The functions of the electronic airsuspension system switches are describedunder 'Air suspension'. The cruise controlmaster switch (if fitted) isdescribed under'Cruise control' and the manual transmissiongear range switch (if fitted) isshown under'Manual transmission'.

Page 68: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Switches

Mode

STEERING WHEEL SWITCHESIf fitted, the following switches are located onthe steering wheel:

Cruise controlThe functions of the cruise control switches'SET+' and 'RES' are described under 'Cruisecontrol'.

Mode switchPress the MODE switch to selecteither: radio, tape, or CD player

(see 'In-car entertainment').

Seek/search forwardPress to search for the nextreceivable radio station on the

selected waveband. When tape or CD playerare being used, seek/search is used to selectthe next track.

Seek/search backwardPress to search for the nextreceivable radio station on the

selected waveband. When tape or CD playerare being used, seek/search is used to selectthe previous track.

68

Volume up+ Press the positive switch toincrease the volume.

Volume down- Press the negative switch to

decrease the volume.

HornTo operate the horn press on any of the hornsymbols on the edge of the steering wheelpad.

Page 69: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric windows

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?::::::::::::::/:::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?:::?:::?::::::::::?::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Accidental closing ofa window on fingers,hands or any vulnerable part ofthe body,can result in serious personal injury.

Always observe the following precautions:

• ISOLATE the rear window switches whencarrying children.

• ENSURE children are kept clear whenraising orlowering a window.

• NEVER leave children alone in thevehicle.

• ENSURE that all adult passengers arefully familiar with the controls and thepotential dangers ofelectrically-operated windows.

• ENSURE the 'anti-trap' function isactivated.

Operating the windowsThe electric windows can be operated whenthe starter switch is in position '1' or '11' andfor up to 45 seconds after the starter switch isturned off (provided neither front door isopened in the meantime). If afront door isopened, then afurther 45 second periodcommences.

NOTE: Only manual mode (not 'one-touch') isavailable for the 45second period(s).

Press and hold the lower part ofaswitch tolower and the upper part to raise the window.The window will stop moving as soon as theswitch is released.

...--....:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:._.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

P0097

The switches on the centre console operatethe following windows:

1. Right hand front window.

2. Left hand front window.

3. Right hand rear window.

4. Left hand rear window.

5. Switch to isolate rear door windowswitches (when carrying children).

NOTE: Rear windows can also be operated byindividual window switches mounted on eachrear door, provided the isolation switch isnotactivated.

69

Page 70: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric windows

'One-touch' up &downBy briefly pressing and then releasing aswitch(within 1/2 second), awindow can be openedor closed at asingle touch. Windowmovement can be stopped at any time bypressing the opposing side of the switch.

NOTE: 'One-touch' up isnotavailable on rearwindows.

'Anti-trap' functionThe 'anti-trap' function isasafety featurewhich prevents awindow from closing whenan obstruction issensed ('WINDOWBLOCKED' appears in the message centre). Itis recommended that this isset at all times,but particularly when carrying children.

NOTE: If the 'one-touch' and 'anti-trap'functions have notbeen set, an audiblewarning sounds and 'WINDOW NOT SET' isdisplayed in the message centre whenever awindow isclosed and also whenever thestarter switch is turned on oroff

70

Setting the 'one-touch' &'anti-trap'functions

If the battery has been disconnected, it will benecessary to reset the 'one-touch' and'anti-trap' functions on each window, usingthe following procedure:

1. FULLY open and close each window inone continuous operation (note that as thewindow isclosing, an audible warningsounds and 'WINDOW NOT SET' isdisplayed in the message centre).

2. Once the window has been fully openedand closed, an audible warning soundsand 'WINDOW SET' (together with awindow identifier message) isdisplayed inthe message centre.

The 'one-touch' and 'anti-trap' functions willnow be operational.

NOTE: The 'one-touch' up function isavailable on front windows only.

Page 71: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric windows

Overriding the 'anti-trap' functionUnder certain conditions, you may wish tooverride the 'anti-trap' function. If, forexample, you attempt to operate the windowswith the operating mechanism partially frozen,the 'anti-trap' function may falsely sense atrap situation and fail to close the window(always clear any ice from the window toprevent overloading the operatingmechanism).

The 'anti-trap' function can be overridden asfollows:

1. Using the centre console switches only,press and hold the upper part of theappropriate window operating switchwithin 10 seconds of the window backingoff (after it has falsely sensed atrapsituation).

2. Continue to hold the switch until thewindow iseither closed or has reached thedesired position (note that as the windowisclosing, an audible warning sounds and'ANTI-TRAP OFF' isdisplayed in themessage centre).

NOTE: The 'anti-trap' function will beoperational again, as soon as the windowoperating switch is released.

71

Rear window isolation switchPress the bottom of the switch to isolate therear window controls (a tone will sound andthe message centre displays 'REARWINDOWS OFF'); press the top of the switchto restore independant control.

Always isolate the rear window switches whencarrying children.

Page 72: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric sunroof

P0099

The sunroof can be operated when the starterswitch is in position '1' or '11' and for up to 45seconds after the starter switch isturned off(provided the driver's door is not opened inthe meantime). If the driver's door is opened,then afurther 45 second period commences.

NOTE: Only manual mode (not 'one-touch') isavailable for the 45second period(s).

NOTE: The sunroof blind can be opened andclosed manually, butwillretract automaticallywhen the sunroof is opened.

The sunroof opens and closes in two separatephases as follows:

72

To TILT the roof:With the sunroof closed, press and hold thelower part of the switch, releasing when thesunroof isat the desired angle. Press and holdthe upper part of the switch to close thesunroof.

To OPEN the roof:Press and hold the upper part of the switch,releasing when the sunroof is in the desiredposition. Press and hold the lower part of theswitch to close the sunroof.

'One-touch' operationBriefly press and then release the upper partof the switch (within 1/2 second): The sunroofwill open to a pre-set position whichminimises air turbulence (and noise) withinthe vehicle. To fully open the sunroof, pressand release the switch for asecond time.Press and release the lower part of the switch(within 1/2 second) to close the sunroof at asingle touch. Sunroof movement can bestopped at any time by pressing the opposingside of the switch.

NOTE: 'One touch' operation isnotapplicableto the tilt function.

'Anti-trap' functionThe 'anti-trap' function isasafety featurewhich prevents the sunroof from closingwhen an obstruction issensed (messagecentre shows 'SUNROOF BLOCKED'). It isrecommended that this isset at all times, butparticularly when carrying children.

NOTE: If the 'one-touch' and 'anti-trap'functions have notbeen set, an audiblewarning sounds and 'SUNROOF NOT SET' isdisplayed in the message centre whenever thesunroof is operational and also whenever thestarter switch is turned on oroff

Page 73: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric sunroof

Setting the 'one-touch' &'anti-trap'functions

If the battery has been disconnected, it will benecessary to reset the 'one-touch' and'anti-trap' functions using the followingprocedure.

1. FULLY open and close and then FULLY tiltand close the sunroof in one continuousoperation; an audible warning sounds, and'SUNROOF NOT SET' isdisplayed in themessage centre whilstthe sunroof is inmotion.

2. Once this operation has been successfullycompleted, an audible warning soundsand 'SUNROOF SET' isdisplayed in themessage centre.

The 'one-touch' and 'anti-trap' functions willnow be operational.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::?:::?::::::::::?::::?::::?:?.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Accidental closing ofa sunroof on fingers,hands or any vulnerable part ofthe body,can result in serious personal injury.

Always observe the following precautions:

• ENSURE that passengers are kept clearwhen closing the sunroof.

• NEVER leave children alone in thevehicle.

• ENSURE that all adult passengers arefully familiar with the controls and thepotential dangers ofoperating anelectrically-operated sunroof.

• DO NOT allow passengers to extend anypart oftheir bodies through the sunroofwhile the vehicle is moving.

• ENSURE the 'anti-trap' function isactivated whenever possible.

73

Overriding the 'anti-trap' functionUnder certain conditions you may wish tooverride the 'anti-trap' function. If, forexample, you attempt to operate the sunroofwith the operating mechanism partially frozen,the 'anti-trap' function may falsely sense atrap situation and fail to close the sunroof (itis recommended that you clear any ice fromthe sunroof to prevent overloading theoperating mechanism).

The 'anti-trap' function can be overridden asfollows:

1. Press and hold the appropriate (upper orlower) part of the switch within 10seconds of the sunroof backing off (after ithas sensed atrap situation).

2. Continue to hold the switch until thesunroof isclosed; an audible warningsounds and 'ANTI-TRAP OFF' and'SUNROOF' are displayed in the messagecentre.

The 'anti-trap' function will be operationalagain, as soon as the switch is released.

Leaving the vehicleThe message centre will show 'SUNROOFOPEN' if the starter key is removed and thedriver's door opened with the sunroof stillopen.

If you are leaving the vehicle ALWAYS closethe sunroof.

Page 74: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Electric sunroof

P0208

Emergency operationIf sunroof operation should fail, first check thefuse and renew if necessary.

If necessary, the emergency operating key(stowed in the glovebox) can be engaged inthe sunroof motor spindle and used tomanually turn the spindle to close the sunroof(see illustration).

The spindle isaccessible by prising the frontcourtesy light unit from the headlining.

On completion of manual operation, thespindle must be turned back one quarter ofaturn to re-engage the drive mechanism.

74

Page 75: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

P0380

The heating and ventilation system providesfresh or heated air to the vehicle occupants.Outlets are positioned to supply air at bothface and foot level and also to the windscreen,as well as to asingle lap cooler ventpositioned below the steering wheel. Thelocation of the vents isshown in theillustration.

J!~L·····in

:r~ •~:::::::::: :,C'" JPO 125 -./:>:>- ,:::

75

Vehicles fitted with Automatic TemperatureControl (ATC) are equipped with twoadditional outlets which supply de-humidifiedair to the rear of the passenger compartment.

Face level ventsPush the thumbwheel down/up to open/closethe vent. Direct the airflow by moving theslider in the centre of the vent. Fully openingthe driver's outboard vent also opens the lapcooler outlet.

Page 76: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

1 2 3:

oJ

":: : -- ::

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: :::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::: ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:::::::::

:::::::::. --.::<:~-. ==============~:

P0101

~ri Air to foot outlets.

~ • Air to foot outlets and windscreen.~,J (Recommended for clearing mild

windscreen misting)

Air distributionPress the appropriate button to direct air asrequired (the corresponding indicator lightilluminates).

Air to face vents and foot outlets.

Air to face vents and lap cooler

HEATER CONTROLS

1. Left-hand temperature control

2. Fan speed control

3. Right-hand temperature control

Temperature controlsClockwise rotation of the left or right knobincreases the temperature on thecorresponding side of the vehicle.Anti-clockwise rotation reduces thetem peratu reo

Fan speed controlRotate clockwise to increase andanti-clockwise to decrease the fan speed.

All air to windscreen and sidewindow outlets. (Recommendedfor clearing heavy windscreenmisting)

76

Page 77: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: :.:.:.: :.:.:.:.: :.:.:.:.:.:

.................................................................................................................................................

111.111·~····~···:;;··~···:;··I_liIl:,:,:,<:,:, -- ,:>,<:,:,< ~ ~ ,<:,<:,:, :,:,<:,:,:,: >,<:,:,<::::::::::::: ..::::::::::::::. ..::::::::::: :::::::::::::. ::::::::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

P0206

Programmed defrost/demist\iW PROG With the engine running, press

the 'PROG' button toclear frost and mist at the beginning ofajourney (indicator light illuminates).

'Programmed defrost' automatically activatesthe following functions:

• The most efficient heater settings to clearthe windscreen and front side windows

• The heated rear screen - for a maximum of16 minutes

• The heated windscreen (if fitted) - for amaximum of4 minutes

Press 'PROG' again to cancel 'programmeddefrost' and restore the original settings.

Recirculationo Press to recirculate air inside thevehicle interior (indicator light

illuminates) - useful to prevent traffic fumesfrom entering the passenger compartment.Press again to cancel recirculation.

NOTE: Prolonged recirculation may cause thewindows to mist up.

77

Heated rear screenPress to defrost/demist the rearscreen - press again to switch

off. This function will switch offautomaticallyafter 16 minutes.

Heated windscreen (if fitted)\iW Press to defrost/demist - press

again to switch off. This functionwill switch offautomatically after 4 minutes.

Heated front seats (if fitted)~J; Press to heat seats (indicator

light illuminates) - press again toswitch off.

NOTE: For the heater to function correctly,ensure that the air intake at the base of thewindscreen is free from ice, snow orotherdebris.

Page 78: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

1 2 1 3::

: -"::: ::

AIe:: 0 FF

::

:: ::

::

"::

:: ::

: ---: :

::::::::::::: ~ ::::::: :::::::

in:11 I•••••

P0102 4 4

AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL (ATC)Automatic temperature control consists ofacomputer controlled heating and airconditioning system. It is programmed toreach and then maintain optimum levels ofcomfort within the vehicle, irrespective ofclimatic conditions.

FULLY AUTOMATIC OPERATIONWith the engine running, press the 'Auto'button (3) ('Auto' appears in the display) andthen press the rocker switches (1) either sideof the display (2) to adjust the temperature forthe corresponding side of the vehicle, until anagreeable comfort level (about 21 ° Cor 70° Fis recommended) is reached. 'HI' or 'LO' willappear in the display when themaximum/minimum temperatures areselected, in which case the system will notfunction automatically.

To change the temperature scale to eitherCentigrade or Fahrenheit press the twooutermost air distribution buttons (4)simultaneously for approximately 4 seconds.

NOTE: The automatic temperature controlsystem will notachieve temperatures on thepassenger side of the vehicle that are morethan 6° C(11 ° F) greater or less than thetemperature set for the driver's side.

For optimum comfort, ensure all the vents,including those in the rear, are open and thatthe slider in the centre of each vent is in itscentral position.

NOTE: For ATC to function correctly, allwindows should be closed and the air intakeat the base of the windscreen must be freefrom ice, snow, leaves or other debris.

78

Page 79: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

P0207

Programmed defrost/demist\iW PROG With the engine running, press

the 'PROG' button toclear frost or mist at the beginning ofajourney (indicator light illuminates and the'PROG' symbol appears in the display).

The 'programmed defrost' facilityautomatically activates the following:

• The most efficient heater settings to clearthe windscreen and front side windows

• The heated rear screen - for a maximum of16 minutes

• The heated windscreen (if fitted) - for amaximum of4 minutes

Press the button again to deactivate'programmed defrost' and restore the originalsettings.

Recirculationo Press to recirculate air inside thevehicle interior (indicator light

illuminates) - useful to prevent traffic fumesfrom entering the passenger compartment.Press again to cancel recirculation.

NOTE: Prolonged recirculation may cause thewindows to mist.

79

Air conditioning 'off'Ale Press to switch the airOFF conditioning off (indicator light

illuminates). With air conditioning off, the ATCwill function in asemi-automatic mode withminimal disturbance to your comfort. Whenthe ATC can no longer achieve comfortwithout assistance from the air conditioning,the air conditioning indicator light will flashfor 10 seconds. Press again to restore theprevious airconditioning settings.

NOTE: In very humid conditions, slightscreen misting may be experienced when theairconditioning system is turned on. This isanatural occurrence on most automotive airconditioning systems. It isnot a fault; mistingwill clear after a few seconds once the airconditioning system is operating.

Page 80: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Heating & ventilating

SEMI AUTOMATIC OPERATIONThe system will operate in asemi automaticmode ('Auto' extinguishes from the display)and the air distribution and blower controlscan be operated manually.

Full automatic mode can be restored bypressing the 'Auto' button again.

Air distributionPress the appropriate button to direct air asrequired (the corresponding indicator lightabove the switch illuminates).

¢>,.i Air to face vents.

Air to face vents and foot outlets.

Air to foot outlets.

~ _; Air to foot outlets and windscreen~,- (recommended if mild misting of

the windscreen occurs when in 'Auto' mode).

~,.i All air to windscreen and sidewindow outlets. Recommended

if heavy misting of the windscreen occurs.

Fan speed control" Turn clockwise to increase and

anti-clockwise to decrease airflowfrom the vents. Bars appear in the display, thenumber ofwhich increases ordecreases withincreasing/decreasing fan speed.

80

Other features

Front (if fitted) and rear screenheaters

As well as being activated by'Programmed defrost', both frontand rear screen heaters can be

operated individually by pressing theappropriate button (press again when nolonger required). The rear screen heaterswitches offautomatically after 16 minutes,and the windscreen heater automaticallyceases after 4 minutes.

Heated front seats (if fitted)Press to heat seats (indicatorlight illuminates) - press again to

switch off.

Low temperature warningo If the outside temperature isapproximately 3° Cor less and

there isapossibility of ice, then asnowflakesymbol appears in the display.

External temperatureThe external temperature iscontinuouslydisplayed in the lower part of the display.

Self diagnosticsm' The air conditioning system has• the ability to constantly diagnose

itself for faults. If a fault isdetected, 'thehandbook symbol' appears in the display.Contact your dealer for assistance.

Page 81: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Interior equipment

NOTE: If the rear courtesy lights or mapreading lights are lefton after being manuallyoperated, they willNOT extinguishautomatically.

To cancel automatic operation:Press and hold the front courtesy light switch(1) until atone sounds and the messagecentre displays 'INT LIGHTS OFF'.

Repeat the procedure to re-activate automaticoperation (a tone sounds and the messagecentre displays 'INT LIGHTS ON').

RearP0114

COURTESY AND MAP READING LIGHTS

Manual operationPress the appropriate switch to turn the lightson - press asecond time to turn off.

NOTE: The front courtesy lightswitch(arrowed) willalso operate the rear courtesylights.

P0113

Front

Automatic operationThe front and rear courtesy lights illuminateautomatically whenever adoor or tailgate isopened, and remain illuminated forapproximately 15 seconds after the doors andtailgate are closed or until the starter switch isturned on.

If adoor orthe tailgate remains open for tenminutes or more, a 'time out' function willextinguish the courtesy lights in order toprevent the battery from discharging.

P0115

SUN VISOR VANITY MIRROR ILLUMINATION(if fitted)

With the starter switch turned to position '11',pivot the sun visor downward and raise thecover on the vanity mirror to illuminate themirror. Close the cover to extinguish thelights.

81

Page 82: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Interior equipment

FRONT ASHTRAYPress the leading edge of the ashtray lid toopen. The compartment contains the cigarstubber, the ashtray and the cigar lighter.

•--Bi:iG±Jlli1IJiTIi""'''''''''''''''''''''~ ~... . ...........................................~ .... . ..r\·::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::-~· .

P0118

To empty the ashtray, lift the inner tray fromthe surround.

DO NOT use the ashtray for disposing ofwaste paper or other combustible materials.

82

CIGAR LIGHTERThe cigar lighter is located in the front ashtraycompartment.

With the starter switch turned to position '1',press the lighter in to heat up. When it hasreached the correct temperature it will partiallyeject and can then be withdrawn for use.

ONLY hold the cigar lighter by the handle.

DO NOT plug accessories into the cigar lightersocket unless they are approved by LandRover.

POl19A

REAR ASHTRAYPress the front of the ashtray to open.

To empty the ashtray, open the lid and removethe inner tray.

DO NOT use the ashtray for disposing ofwaste paper or other combustible materials.

Page 83: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Interior equipment

GLOVEBOXPress the button to release the catches andlower the lid.

The glovebox light illuminates automaticallywhen the lid is opened and the side lights areon, and extinguishes when the lid is closed.

NOTE: The glovebox lock is operated with thestarter key. Turn the key a quarter turn to theleft to lock.

CD AUTOCHANGERThe CD autochanger is located in the rearloadspace where shown. Operation ofthe CDautochanger is covered fully in the 'In-carentertainment' book.

83

AUXILIARY POWER SOCKET. .

H:::H:::::::::::::::::::::::HHHjjjAR:NIN(l:::HHHHHHHH::::HHH:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

NEVER plug unapproved accessories into theauxiliary power socket. Damage to thevehicle's electrical systems could occur.

An electrical accessories socket is mounted inthe rear loadspace (where shown). This canbe used to power Land Rover approvedelectrical accessories that use a maximum of180 Watts.

NOTE: Always run the engine if prolongeduse ofelectrical accessories is required ­otherwise the battery willbecome discharged.

Page 84: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Interior equipment

H3063

CUBBY BOXPress the button (arrowed), then lift to openthe lid. On some models the lid may berotated (see inset) to form acup holder. Pressdown on the front of the lid to close andensure that the latch has fully engaged beforeusing the lid as acup holder.

H3062

INTERIOR REAR-VIEW MIRROR

Automatic mirror (if fitted)The interior mirror isequipped with anautomatic dimming function that reducesglare from the headlights of following vehiclesat night. The dimming function isactivated bythe light sensor (arrowed), which also dips thedoor mirrors.

84

Manual mirror (if fitted)The manual rear view mirror can be dipped toreduce glare from following vehicles. At night,move the lever at the base of the mirrorforward to 'dip' the mirror. Normal visibility isrestored by pulling the lever back again.

::::::::::::::::+:::::::::::::::::::::::::W#R,:~Jij,G,:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Insome circumstances the view reflected ina 'dipped' manual mirrorcan confuse thedriver asto the precise location of followingvehicles. Remember to take additional care!

H3569

CLOCKTo adjust the time, press and release thebutton to increment by one minute; presscontinuously to 'fast forward' the hands.

NOTE: The clock willneed to be reset if thebattery has been disconnected.

Page 85: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Interior equipment

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

LOADSPACE COVERFold the rear loadspace cover by pushingupward and forward (arrowed) into thevehicle. Lay the rear section ofthe cover onthe forward section.

P0278

The loadspace cover can be removed bypulling on the rear to disengage it from theside spigots and stored in the forward area ofthe loadspace; achannel is formed in both ofthe loadspace side panels immediately behindthe rear seats to accommodate the foldedloadspace cover.

85

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

The loadspace cover is not designed to carryluggage or loose items - these may obscurevision and could become dangerousprojectiles in the event ofa sudden stop orcollision.

AI/ equipment, luggage or tools carried inthe load area should be secured to minimisethe risk ofinjury to the driver andpassengers in the event ofan accident oremergency manoeuvre.

Page 86: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

In-Car Telephones

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Refrain from operating a telephone fittedwith its own aerial inside the vehicle (seemain text).

Your vehicle utilises a number of electronicsystems designed to provide you withmaximum comfort, safety and economy.These systems may be affected by the use ofmobile communication equipment inside thevehicle. However, the use of an external aerialwill greatly reduce the likelihood of thisoccu rrence.

For your safety, always note the followingprecautions before fitting or using an in-cartelephone, or any mobile communicationequipment.

• Only use an installation kit incorporatingan aerial external to the vehicle.

• Ensure that the installation iscarried outby acompetent installer.

• Refrain from operating a mobile phonefitted with its own aerial inside the vehicle- the electromagnetic field radiated by thephone may interfere with the vehicle'selectrical systems.

86

For your safetyUsing any hand-held appliance while drivingcan be dangerous. Always stop the vehiclebefore making acall and ensure the telephoneisswitched offwhile you are driving.

Page 87: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

87

SECTION 3Driving & operating

Section Contents PageStarter switch & steering lock 89Starting & driving 90Catalytic converter 95Fuel 97Manual transmission 101Automatic transmission 103Braking systems 108Traction control 111Cruise control 113Air suspension 114Trip computer & overspeed warning 121Towing & load carrying 124Emergency starting 128Emergency towing 131

Page 88: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starter switch & steering lock

STEERING COLUMN LOCK

To unlock the steering columnInsert the ignition key FULLY and turn thestarter switch to position '1'

To lock the steering columnTurn the starter switch to position '0' andwithdraw the key from the starter switch.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::::::)))):::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NJNG:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::......................................................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT remove the key or turn the starterswitch toposition '0' while the vehicle is inmotion. Once the steering lockis engaged,it is impossible to steer the vehicle.

89

STARTER SWITCHThe starter switch is located to the right of thesteering column, and uses the followingsequence of key positions to operate thesteering lock, electrical circuits and startermotor.

Position '0'Steering locked (if key is removed).

The fuel filler flap can be opened.

Most lighting circuits are operational,including: park lights, headlights and hazardwarning lights.

Position 'I'Steering unlocked.

Radio/cassette/CD player, electric windows,wipers and washers can be operated.

Position 'II'All instruments, warning lights and electricalcircuits are operational.

Position 'III'Starter motor operates.

Release the starter key immediately the enginestarts (the key will automatically return toposition'II').

Note that operation of position '1' electricalfunctions will be interrupted during enginecranking.

NOTE: On automatic models 'P' or 'N'mustbe selected before the engine willstart.

Page 89: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starting & driving

V8i PETROL MODELS

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::\::::::::::::::::\::::\::::\:\.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

The catalytic converter (if fitted) is easilydamaged through improper use, particularlyif the wrong fuel is used, or if an enginemisfire occurs.

Before starting the engine and driving,ENSURE that you are familiar with theprecautions shown under 'Catalytic converter'later in this section.

In particular, you should be aware that if theengine fails to start, continued use of thestarter may result in unburnt fuel damagingthe catalytic converter.

Starting

1. Check that the handbrake isapplied andthat the gear lever is in 'P' or 'N'.

2. Switch off all unnecessary electricalequipment.

3. Insert the starter key and turn the switchto position '11' and then on to position '111'to operate the starter motor; DO NOTpress the accelerator pedal during starting,and RELEASE THE KEY as soon as theengine is running.

In temperate climates DO NOT operate thestarter for longer than 5 seconds; if the enginefails to start, switch off and wait for 10seconds before re-using the starter. Pleasenote that continued use of the starter willdischarge the battery. In temperate climatesthe battery charging and oil pressure warninglights should extinguish as soon as the engineis running.

90

Cold climatesIn very cold climates the oil pressure warninglights may take several seconds to extinguish.Similarly, engine cranking times will alsoincrease; at -30° C(-22° F) the starter motormay need to be operated continuously for aslong as 30 seconds before the engine willstart. For this reason, ensure that allnon-essential electrical equipment is switchedoff.

Block heatersOnly approved block heaters restricted to amaximum of400 Wshould be used. Blockheaters that exceed this output may damagethe emission control components.

Warming-upIn the interests of fuel economy, it isadvisableto start driving straight away, rememberingthat harsh acceleration or labouring the enginebefore the normal operating temperature hasbeen reached can damage the engine.

After starting, ensure that the handbrake orfootbrake are firmly applied and theaccelerator pedal is not pressed while movingthe gear selector lever from 'N' or 'P',otherwise the vehicle will move immediatelythe selector lever is moved to one of the drivepositions. This is particularly important whenthe engine iscold because the engine will beidling at a faster speed than normal.

Page 90: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starting & driving

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Exhaust fumes contain poisonoussubstances which can causeunconsciousness andmay even be fatal.

• DO NOT inhale exhaust gases.

• DO NOT startor leave the engine runningin anenclosed unventilated area, ordrive with the tailgate door open.

• DO NOT modify the exhaust system fromthe original design.

• DO repair exhaust system or body leaksimmediately.

• If you thinkthat exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, have the causeinvestigated andcorrected immediately.

ParkingAfter bringing the vehicle to astop, ALWAYSapply the handbrake and select neutral onmanual gearboxes CP' on automaticgearboxes) before releasing the footbrake andswitching off the engine.

Switching offReturn the starter switch to position '1' andthen to position '0' to remove the key.

NOTE: Ensure that 'P'is selected beforeremoving the key.

91

DIESEL MODELS

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

U:::U::::::::::::::/:::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::U:::U:::U:::U::::::::::U::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Your vehicle is fitted with a catalyticconverter which can be easily damagedthrough improper use, particularly if thewrong fuel is used, or if anengine misfireoccurs.

Before starting the engine ENSURE that youare familiar with the precautions shown under'Catalytic converter' later in thissection.

In particular, you should be aware thatcontinued use of the starter may result inunburnt fuel damaging the catalytic converter.

Starting

1. Check that the handbrake isapplied andthat the gear lever is in neutral CP' or 'N'for automatic transmission).

2. Switch off all unnecessary electricalequipment.

3. Insert the key and turn the starter switchto position' II'. Wait until the glow plugwarning light extinguishes.

4. Turn and hold the key in position '111' tooperate the starter motor; DO NOT pressthe accelerator pedal during starting, andRELEASE THE KEY as soon as the engineis running. If the engine stalls you MUSTreturn the starter switch to position '1'before attempting to restart; the enginewill not start by turning the starter switchfrom position '11'.

Page 91: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starting & driving

In cold weather, orwhen the battery is in alow state of charge on manual gearboxvehicles, depress the clutch pedal whilestarting and hold it down until the engine isrunning.

In temperate climates DO NOT operate thestarter for longer than 5 seconds; if the enginefails to start, switch off and wait for 10seconds before re-using the starter. Pleasenote that prolonged use of the starter willdischarge the battery.

Cold climatesIn very cold climates the battery charging andoil pressure warning lights may take severalseconds to extinguish. Similarly, enginecranking times will also increase; at -30° C(-22° F) the starter motor may need to beoperated continuously for as long as 30seconds before the engine will start. For thisreason ensure that all non-essential electricalequipment isswitched off.

Warming-upIn the interests of fuel economy, it isadvisableto start driving straight away, rememberingthat harsh acceleration or labouring the enginebefore the normal operating temperature hasbeen reached can damage the engine.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::\::::::::::::::::\::::\::::\:\.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

The engine must not be run above fast idlespeed until the oilpressure warning lightextinguishes. This will ensure that theengine and turbocharger bearings areproperly lubricated before being run atnormal driving speeds.

92

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Exhaust fumes contain poisonoussubstances which can causeunconsciousness and may even be fatal.

• DO NOT inhale exhaust gases.

• DO NOT start or leave the enginerunning in an enclosed, unventilatedarea.

• If you think that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, have the causeinvestigated and correctedimmediately.

Switching offTo avoid the possibility of damaging theturbo-charger bearings through inadequatelubrication, ALWAYS allow the engine to idlefor 10 seconds before switching off. Turn theengine off by returning the starter switch toposition '1' and then position '0' to removekey.

Page 92: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starting & driving

RUNNING-IN (petrol &diesel models)Proper running-in will have adirect bearing onthe reliability and smooth running ofyourvehicle throughout its life.

In particular, the engine, gearbox, brakes andtyres need time to bed-in and adjust to thedemands of everyday motoring. It is,therefore, essential to drive with considerationfor the running-in process for at least the first500 miles (800 km) and observe the followingadvice:

• LIMIT maximum road speed to 70 mph(110 km/h). Initially, drive the vehicle on alight throttle and only increase enginespeeds gradually once the running-indistance has been completed.

• DO NOT operate at full throttle orallow theengine to labour in any gear.

• AVOID fast acceleration and heavy brakingexcept in emergencies.

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMLand Rover vehicles are fitted with emissionand evaporative control equipment necessaryto meet a number of territorial requirements.

In many countries it isagainst the law forvehicle owners to modify or tamper withemission control equipment, or to sanctionthe unauthorised replacement or modificationof this equipment by a repair shop. In suchcases the vehicle owner and the repairer mayboth be liable for legal penalties. It isimportant to remember that all Land Roverdealers are properly equipped to performrepairs and to maintain the emission controlsystem on your vehicle.

93

FUEL ECONOMYFuel consumption is influenced by two majorfactors:

• How your vehicle is maintained.

• How you drive your vehicle.

To obtain optimum fuel economy, it isessential that your vehicle is maintained inaccordance with the manufacturer's serviceschedule.

On automatic gearbox models, driving withthe gearshift in '0' in the HIGH range, but notin 'sport' mode, will provide the best fueleconomy.

Items such as, the condition of the air cleanerelement, tyre pressures and wheel alignmentcan have asignificant effect on fuelconsumption. But above all, the way in whichyou drive isthe most important. The followinghints may help you to obtain even better valuefrom your motoring:

• Avoid unnecessary short, start-stopjourneys.

• Avoid fast starts. Instead, accelerate gentlyand smoothly from rest.

• Do not drive in the lower gears for longerthan necessary.

• Decelerate gently and avoid sudden andheavy braking.

• Anticipate obstructions and adjust yourspeed accordingly well in advance.

• When stationary in traffic, select neutral toimprove fuel economy and air conditioningperformance.

Page 93: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Starting & driving

IMPORTANT DRIVING INFORMATION

Instruments &warning lightsBefore driving, it is important to fullyunderstand the function of the instrumentsand warning lights described in section 2.

NOTE: Red warning lights are ofparticularimportance, illumination indicates that a faultexists. If a red lightilluminates always stopthe vehicle and seek qualified assistancebefore continuing.

Vehicle stabilityYour vehicle has a higher ground clearanceand, therefore, a higher centre of gravity thanordinary cars. This will result in differenthandling characteristics. Inexperienced driversshould take additional care, particularly inoff-road driving situations and whenperforming abrupt manoeuvres atinappropriate speeds or on unstable surfaces.

Vehicle heightThe overall height ofyour vehicle exceeds thatof an ordinary car (even when ACCESS rideheight isselected). Always be aware of theheight ofyour vehicle and check the availableheadroom before driving through lowentrances. This is particularly important if thevehicle is fitted with a roof rack or if thesunroof is open.

94

Power assisted steeringThe hydraulic power-assisted steering isequipped with a positive 'centre feel'characteristic, which gives enhanced vehiclestability at high speeds and in cross winds.

Power assistance is progressively applied themore the steering wheel isturned. Forexample: where manual steering effort wouldnormally be greatest (at slow speeds onmaximum lock), power assistance isat itsgreatest. Similarly, where only minimalsteering effort would normally be required (athigh speed with the wheels straight ahead),then power assistance isalso minimal, thusenabling the driver to benefit from apparentlyconsistent steering effort at all times.

NOTE: Power assistance is dependent on theengine running. If the engine is notrunning,greater effort willbe required tosteer thevehicle.

Auxiliary equipment

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~:ijl~~:::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Do NOT use auxiliary equipment, such as aroller generator, which is driven byonewheel ofthe vehicle, as this could causefailure ofthe gearbox differential. In somecases the vehicle may attempt to drive itselfforward.

Page 94: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Catalytic converter

= =

···························o·~·::·········o········ .•.•.::::

~1~~~IU~I~ll~P0177

CATALYTIC CONVERTERThe exhaust system on most modelsincorporates acatalytic converter, whichconverts poisonous exhaust emissions fromthe engine into environmentally less harmfulgases, thereby reducing atmosphericpollution.

..............................................................................................................

::j:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~J~9:J::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::The catalytic converter can be easilydamaged through improper use, particularlyif the wrong fuel is used. For thisreason, itis VERY IMPORTANT that you heed theprecautions which follow:

Fuel

• Use ONLY fuel recommended foryourvehicle.

Starting the engine

• DO NOT continue operating the starterswitch if the engine fails to start after afew attempts (unburnt fuel may be drawninto the exhaust system, therebydamaging the catalyst); seek qualifiedassistance.

• When starting acold engine, DO NOT driveif amisfire issuspected; seek qualifiedassistance.

95

Page 95: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Catalytic converter

Driving

• Provided the engine has reached itsnormal operating temperature, if amisfireissuspected, or if the vehicle lacks powerwhile driving, it may be driven SLOWLY(at risk of damaging the catalyst) to aLand Rover dealer for assistance.

• NEVER allow avehicle to run out of fuel(the resultant misfire could destroy thecatalyst).

• Engines burning excessive oil (blue smokefrom the exhaust) will progressivelyreduce catalyst efficiency.

• On rough terrain, DO NOT allow theunderside of the vehicle to be subjected toheavy impacts which could damage thecatalytic converter.

• DO NOT overload orexcessively rev theengine.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::/:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?::::::::::::::::?::::::::::::::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Exhaust system temperatures can beextremely high; DO NOT park on groundwhere combustible materials such as drygrass or leaves could come into contact withthe exhaust system (in very dry weather afire could result).

96

Switching off

• DO NOT switch off the engine while aforward or reverse drive gear isselected.

Vehicle maintenance

• Any engine misfire, loss of engineperformance or engine run-on, couldseriously damage the catalytic converter.For this reason, it isvital that unqualifiedpersons do not tamper with the engine,and that regular systematic maintenance iscarried out by a Land Rover dealer.

• DO NOT run the engine with aspark plugor HT lead removed, or use any device thatrequires an insert into aspark plug.

Page 96: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuel

FUEL REQUIREMENTS

On petrol engine models fitted with acatalytic converter, serious damage to thecatalyst will occur if leaded fuel isused!

PETROL ENGINESEngines with a catalytic converter:High compression engines: 95 RONUNLEADED to EN228Low compression engines: 91 RONUNLEADED to EN228

Engines without a catalytic converter:Use 91 RON UNLEADED petrol whereverpossible.

In territories where only LEADED fuel isavailable, USE 95 RON LEADED.

The RON values quoted above are MINIMUMrequirements and can be safely exceeded.Using petrol with a lower octane rating,however, can cause persistent, heavy 'engineknock' (a metallic rapping noise). If severe,this can lead to engine damage.

If heavy engine knock isdetected when usingthe recommended octane rated fuel, or ifsteady engine knocking is present whilemaintaining asteady speed on level roads,contact your dealer for advice.

NOTE: An occasional, light, engine knockwhile accelerating or climbing hills isacceptable.

97

Petrol quality

The RON value (octane rating) and type ofpetroleum (unleaded or leaded), available atgarage forecourts will vary in different parts ofthe world. For example, in most Europeancountries 95 RON unleaded fuel is readilyavailable, but in some parts of the world fuelsupplies may be limited to leaded or loweroctane fuels only.

During manufacture, engines are tuned to suitthe fuel supplies commonly available in thecountry for which the vehicle isdestined.However, if avehicle is later exported to adifferent country, or is used to travel betweendifferent territories, the owner should beaware that the available fuel supplies may notbe compatible with the engine specification. Ifin doubt, seek advice from the territoryconcerned.

Diesel enginesThe quality of diesel fuel (Derv) can vary indifferent countries and only clean, goodquality fuel should be used. It is importantthat the sulphur content of diesel fuel doesnot exceed 0.3%. In Europe all suppliesshould be within this limit, but in other partsof the world you should check with yoursupplier. Ensure that the fuel filter element ischanged at the recommended serviceintervals.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~J~9:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::On both petrol and diesel engine vehicles, ifthe fuel tank isaccidentally filled with thewrong fuel, it isESSENTIAL that you contactyour Land Rover dealer BEFORE attemptingto start the engine.

Page 97: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuel

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

FUEL FILLER FLAPThe fuel filler is located in the rear right-handwing. Press the fuel filler switch (shown inillustration) to open the filler flap.

The fuel filler switch may only be operatedwith the starter key turned to position '0'; itwill not operate when the engine is running.

NOTE: An arrow on the fuel gauge indicateswhich side of the vehicle the fuel filler flap islocated.

Fuel filler capThe fuel filler cap isdesigned to allow the fueltank to vent during the first half turn. Whenremoving, carefully loosen the cap one halfturn until resistance is felt, then pause toenable fuel tank pressure to be released. Oncethe pressure is released (hissing hasstopped), it is safe to fully remove the cap.

When replacing, tighten the cap clockwiseuntil you hear the fuel cap ratchet at leastthree times.

98

To avoid any sudden discharge offuelcaused by excessive airpressure, the cap isdesigned to allow the fuel tank to ventduring the first half turn. DO NOT fullyremove the cap until pressure has beenreleased. The cap should be removed andplaced in the retaining bracket on the rear ofthe flap until refuelling is complete.

Fuel fillingFilling station pumps are equipped withautomatic cut-off sensing to avoid fuelspillage; only fill the tank until the filler nozzleautomatically cuts-off the supply. DO NOTattempt to fill the tank beyond this point orspillage could result due to expansion of thefuel.

On petrol engine vehicles which are designedto operate ONLY on unleaded fuel, the fueltank filler neck will ONLY accept a narrow fillernozzle of the type found on pumps that deliverunleaded fuel.

Page 98: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuel

On petrol engine vehicles which are designedto operate on leaded fuel, the fuel tank fillerneck will accept the wider filler nozzles foundon pumps that deliver LEADED fuel......................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WARMNQ:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::H:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT fully fill the tank if the vehicle istobe parked on a slope in direct sunlight orhigh ambient temperature - expansion ofthefuel could cause spillage.

EMPTY FUEL TANKDO NOT RUN THE FUEL TANK DRY!

Inthe case of veh icles fitted with acatalyticconverter, running the fuel tank dry couldcreate an engine misfire capable of damagingthe catalytic converter.

If you have run the fuel tank dry and haverefilled the tank, turn the starter switch toposition '11'. After 4 seconds, switch offandthen return the switch to position '11' for afurther 4 seconds before operating the startermotor; do not press the accelerator pedalduring starting, and RELEASE THE KEY assoon as the engine is running.

In the case of diesel models, if the engine failsto start, qualified assistance will be required toprime the fuel system before the engine canbe restarted.

99

SAFETY ON THE FORECOURTPetroleum and diesel gases are highlyinflammable and, in confined spaces, arealso extremely explosive. Always takesensible precautions when refuelling:

• Switch off the engine.

• Do not smoke or use a naked flameor light.

• Do not overfill the tank.

Page 99: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

g.-.... . ,' .

...

l~B

P0020

INERTIA SWITCHFor information about the operation of theinertia switch (see 'Locks & alarm').

Fuel

FUEL FILLER FLAP EMERGENCY RELEASEOpen the tailgate and remove the access panelbehind the right hand rear lamp cluster.Release the handle from its stowage point onthe back of the access panel and pull torelease the fuel filler flap.

100

Page 100: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Manual transmission

....................................................................................................................................

~ iJiJi···,··j·········j""··j"··rr··lo:::aw

CD1'~~I=lo~1ou

135

rH2 4 R

P0144

MANUAL TRANSMISSIONManual transmission vehicles are equippedwith afive speed main gearbox and atwo-speed transfer box. By using the maingearbox in combination with the transfergears, ten forward and two reverse gear ratiosare available.

Main gearboxThe gear positions for the main gearbox areshown on the gear lever knob. Note that whenthe main gearbox is in neutral, the gear leverisspring-loaded to automatically alignbetween third and fourth gear positions.

Transfer gearboxThe transfer gearbox is operated by pressingthe 'HiILo' switch (illustrated).

• Use the high range for all normal roaddriving and also for off-road driving acrossdry, level terrain.

101

• Use the low range gears in any situationwhere low speed manoeuvring isnecessary, such as reversing atrailer ornegotiating a boulder strewn river bed;also use low range for more extremeoff-road conditions where progress in highrange cannot be maintained.

Selecting 'High' or 'Low' rangeTo make the change between HIGH and LOW,the vehicle must be stationary.

1. With the vehicle stationary and the brakesapplied, depress the clutch and selectneutral.

2. Press the 'HiILo' switch - the 'HiILo'switch indicator light and transfer gearboxwarning light (in the instrument panel)start flashing.

3. When the change iscomplete, both lightsextinguish. If high range has beenselected, the message centre displays'HIGH' momentarily, then extinguishes. Iflow range has been selected, the messagecentre briefly displays 'LOW', after which'L' isdisplayed.

4. Now select the required gear.

DO NOT rush the transfer gearchange.DO NOT release the clutch or move the gearleveruntil the 'Hi/La' indicator light andthetransfer gearbox warning light stop flashing.

Page 101: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Manual transmission

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

If the clutch isengaged before thetransfer between high and low gears iscomplete, a 'clunk' or grinding sound willbe heard and the indicator light in theswitch will continue to flash. If thisoccurs, depress the clutch, select neutraland attempt the change again.

• If the vehicle is moving when atransfer gear change isattempted,the message centre will display'SLOW DOWN'.

• If the 'HiILo' switch is pressed whenthe gear lever is in any positionother than neutral, 'SELECTNEUTRAL' will appear in the display.

ClutchDO NOT use the clutch pedal as afoot rest. Toprevent unnecessary wear, always keep theleft foot well clear of the clutch pedal exceptwhen changing gear.

NOTE: A foot rest is conveniently positionedto the leftof the clutch.

102

Starting and drivingBefore starting the engine, ensure that thehandbrake isapplied and the gear lever is inneutral.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NING)::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::):.........................................................................................................................................................................."."-'."-'-"."-'."-'-"."-'."-'-"."-'-":':.:.:':.:':.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: .

Manual transmission vehicles can be startedwith the clutch engaged and the vehicle ingear. This practise is NOT recommended ­onlystartthe vehicle with the gear leverinneutral.

Emergency towingIf it is necessary for the vehicle to be towed onall four wheels, transfer neutral MUST beselected. (See 'Emergency towing').

Page 102: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Automatic transmission

P0146

P0151

Aspring loaded catch built into the handle ofthe gear selector lever restricts movement ofthe lever, thereby preventing inadvertent gearselection. The catch has two pressures:

• the first pressure enables gear changes tobe made within asingle range of gears(High range OR Low range).

• the second pressure enables the selectorto be moved from one range of gears toanother (ie. from High TO Low).

NOTE: Gear selection between 'D'and '3'(High range) or '4' and '3' (Low range) may bemade without pressing the catch.

HIGH RANGE GEARSUse the high range for road driving and alsofor off-road driving across dry, level terrain.The message centre will momentarily display'HIGH' as soon as High range isselected, andthen display the gear selected (eg. '3').

Hili\e pe ReNe De 3- e 2e 1

~;II.I············I.·.I.·.I(I~i.~

L DODO! '0e« p8881~1

PRN4§

2Ii!

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSIONVehicles with automatic transmission areequipped with an 'H-gate' gear selectormechanism. This combines the operatingmechanism of both the main gearbox and thetransfer gears, and enables the gear selectorpositions for both the high and low gearranges to be located side by side.

Gear selector leverMove the selector lever forward or back alongthe driver's side of the 'H' to select the highrange of gears. Similarly, by moving the leverto the passenger side, the low range can beselected instead. The 'H-gate' illumination iscolour coded to identify the two ranges: highrange illumination isgreen and low range isamber.

......................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~m~~::H::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::DO NOT attempt to change to LOW rangegears fornormal road driving.

103

Page 103: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Automatic transmission

LOW RANGE GEARSONLY use low range gears in asituationwhere low speed manoeuvring is necessary,such as reversing atrailer or negotiating aboulder strewn river bed; also use low rangefor more extreme off-road conditions whereprogress in high range cannot be maintained.

When low range isselected, the messagecentre displays 'LOW' momentarily, and then'L' isdisplayed along with the relevant gearselected (eg.'L2').

High/low range change warningAn audible warning will sound whilst achangefrom one gear range to another isattempted.The warning will cease once the change iscomplete orcancelled.

Using the 'H-gate'To make achange from high to low orviceversa, the vehicle must be stationary.

1. Apply the brakes and, with the vehiclestationary, select 'N'.

2. Fully depress the catch built into the handleof the selector lever and move the lever acrossthe cross-piece of the 'H-gate'. On reachingthe required gear range, the 'H'-gateillumination and the transfer gearbox warninglight (in the instrument pack) start to flash,and the audible warning sounds.

3. Wait until illumination of the new gearrange selector positions isconstant and thetransfer gearbox warning light extinguishes(the audible warning will silence and High orLow isdisplayed in the message centre),before selecting the desired gear in the newrange and releasing the brakes.

If the vehicle is moving when atransfer gearchange isattempted, the message centre willdisplay 'SLOW DOWN' and the audiblewarning will sound.

104

If the gear range ischanged and forward orreverse drive engaged without first waiting in'N' for the illumination to stop flashing and theaudible warning to stop, the message centrewill display 'SELECT NEUTRAL' and awarningwill sound - reselect 'N' and wait for rangechange completion before selecting therequired driving gear.

.....................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::J##~:~~~~::::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::To avoid personal injury and possibledamage to the transmission, it is essentialto ensure that any change ofgear range isfullycompleted before releasing the brakeand driving, l.e, wait until:

• Illumination of the gear range selectorpositions is continuous.

• The transfer gearbox warning lighthasextinguished.

• The audible warning is silent.

• The message centre displays theappropriate message - 'HIGH' or 'LOW'.

Page 104: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Automatic transmission

Selector lever positions(high range)

'P' ParkIn this position the transmission is locked toprevent the vehicle from rolling away. SelectONLY with the vehicle stationary.

'R'ReverseSelect ONLY when the vehicle isstationary.

'N' NeutralUse this position when the vehicle isstationary and the engine isto idle for ashortperiod (eg. at traffic lights).

'0' DriveIn high range, select '0' for all normal drivingon good road surfaces; fully automatic gearchanging occurs on all forward gearsaccording to vehicle speed and acceleratorposition.

'3' (tst, 2nd and 3rd gears)Automatic gear changing is limited to first,second and third gears only. In high range,use in congested traffic conditions and fortown driving.

'2' (1st and 2nd gears)Automatic gear changing is limited to first andsecond ratios only. In high range, use whendriving up steep gradients and for negotiatingvery narrow twisting roads. This position alsoprovides moderate engine braking fordescending slopes.

'1' (1st gear only)Use on very severe gradients, particularlywhen towing, and when maximum enginebraking is required.

105

NOTE: If position '2' or '1' is selected from 'D'or '3' while the vehicle is travelling athighspeed in high range, then, depending onvehicle speed, third gear will immediatelyengage. Progressive deceleration willthencause downshifts into second and then firstgear when appropriately lowroad speeds arereached.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Always leave the vehicle with the gearselector in 'P' (Park) position when parked,even when the starter key is notremoved.

Starting and drivingDrivers unfamiliar with the performancecharacteristics of automatic gearboxes shouldthoroughly familiarise themselves with thefollowing instructions before driving.

• Before starting the engine, ensure thatboth footbrake and handbrake are applied.

• After starting the engine, KEEP THEBRAKES APPLIED whilst moving theselector lever to the required driveposition.

• Keep the brakes applied until you areready to move - remember, once adriveposition isselected, an 'automatic' willtend to creep forward (or backward).

• Never 'rev' the engine while selecting aforward or reverse drive gear, orwhile thevehicle isstationary with adrive gearselected - remember, an 'automatic' willmove immediately the accelerator pedal ispressed.

Page 105: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Automatic transmission

Gear changing in high rangeThe road speeds at which gear changes takeplace vary according to the position of theaccelerator; minimum acceleration will resultin gear changes at low road speeds, whilegreater throttle openings will cause thegearbox to delay gear changes until fasterroad speeds have been reached (therebyincreasing acceleration).

With practice, gear changes can be made tooccur at awide range ofdifferent road speedsdepending on accelerator pedal pressure.

On long inclines, an automatic gearbox willsometimes change back and forth betweengears. This occurs because the transmissiondoes not include a ratio that is precisely rightfor the particular incline and vehicle loadingcircumstances. Excessive gear changing iswasteful of fuel and results in a loss ofmomentum; it can be prevented by selectingthe '3' or '2' positions which limit the gearboxto lower ratios.

'Kick-down'To provide rapid acceleration for overtaking,'kick' the accelerator pedal to the full extent ofits travel in asingle, quick movement (this isknown as 'kick-down'). Up to acertain speed,this will cause an immediate downshift intothe lowest appropriate gear, followed by rapidacceleration. Once the pedal is relaxed, normalgear change speeds will resume (dependenton road speed and accelerator pedal position).

106

MODE SWITCHIn High range, the mode switch is used toselect 'Sport' mode.

In Low range, pressing the same switchselects 'Manual' mode.

Pressing the switch asecond time returns thegearbox to its normal operation.

'Sport' modeWhen accelerating in 'Sport' mode, gearchanging isdelayed to make optimum use ofthe engine's power. Select when increasedacceleration is required, orwhen negotiatinglong inclines ortwisting roads. However, youshould be aware that driving in 'Sport' modewill increase fuel consumption.

To select 'Sport' mode, press the 'Mode'switch once whilst the gearbox is in Highrange (the message centre will display'S'along with the selected gear, eg.'S3').

Page 106: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Automatic transmission

'Manual'modePress the mode switch whilst the gearbox is inLow range to select 'Manual' mode; thisenables the transmission to function as amanual gearbox, providing maximum vehiclecontrol and engine braking - ideal for use insevere off-road conditions (the messagecentre displays 'LM' along with the selectedgear, eg.'LM3').

NOTE: Changing from High to Low range (orvice versa) willautomatically cancel 'Sport' or'Manual' mode.

Towing for recoveryIf it is necessary for the vehicle to be towed onall four wheels, transfer neutral MUST beselected. (See 'Emergency towing').

107

Page 107: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Braking systems

FOOT BRAKEAs asafety precaution, the hydraulic brakingsystem operates through dual circuits. If onecircuit fails the other will continue to function,but increased brake pedal travel, greater pedaleffort and longer stopping distances will beexperienced.

Brake padsBrake pads require a period of bedding in. Youshould avoid heavy braking except inemergencies for at least the first500 miles(800 km).

Remember that regular servicing isvital toensure that the brake pads are examined forwear and changed periodically to ensure longterm safety and optimum performance.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?::::::::::?::::?::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT rest your foot on the brake pedalwhile travelling asthismay overheat thebrakes, reduce theirefficiency and causeexcessive wear.

NEVER move a vehicle without the enginerunning because braking assistance may notbe available. The pedal brakes will stillfunction, butmore pressure will berequired.

ALWAYS take particular care when beingtowed with the engine turned off.

If the brake warning lightshould illuminatewhile the vehicle is in motion, bring thevehicle toa haltasquickly astrafficconditions and safety permit and seekqualified assistance before continuing DONOTpump the brake pedal. If the brakepedal is pumped the braking system maylose any remaining assistance available.

108

HANDBRAKEUnlike most other vehicles, the handbrakeoperates on the rear propeller shaft, and NOTon the road wheels. This may result in slightmovement of the vehicle after the handbrakeisapplied.

Apply the handbrake by pulling back the lever.To release, pull the lever back slightly andhold the release button depressed whileallowing the lever to fully return to its offposition.

DO NOT apply the handbrake while thevehicle is in motion (except in anemergency) asthis could result in loss ofvehicle control and damage to thetransmission.

Do notrelyon the handbrake to operateeffectively if the vehicle has been subjectedto immersion in mud and water. (see'Off-road driving').

Page 108: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Braking systems

ANTI-LOCK BRAKINGThe purpose ofanti-lock braking (ABS) istoallow efficient braking without wheel locking,thereby allowing the driver to retainsteerability and control of the vehicle.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG:::\::::::::::::::::\::::\::::\:\.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

ASS cannot overcome the physicallimitations of stopping the vehicle in tooshort a distance, cornering at too high aspeed, or the danger of aquaplaning, i.e.where a layer of water prevents adequatecontact between the tyres and the roadsurface.

The fact that a vehicle is fittedwith ASSmust never tempt the driver into taking risksthatcould affect his/her safety or thatofother road users. Inall cases, it remains thedriver's responsibility to drive within normalsafety margins, having due consideration forthe prevailing weather andtrafficconditions.

The driver should always take account of thesurface to be travelled over andthe fact thatbrake pedal reactions will be different tothose experienced on a non-ASS vehicle.

ABS incorporates a monitoring system whichchecks that all the electrical components arein working order before each journey and alsoat frequent intervals while the vehicle is in use.The warning lights on the instrument panelare part of this system and it isessential thatthe driver observes these and fullyunderstands their functions - these are fullydescribed in Section 2 of the handbook under'Warning lights'.

109

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNG)))))))))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT drive until the redbrake warninglight has extinguished (with the handbrakereleased). If the light stays on or illuminateswhilst driving, this indicates eitheramalfunction of the system or lowfluid levelin the reservoir. In thiscase ASS control isnotavailable. Stop assoon assafetypermits andseek qualified assistancebefore continuing.

ABS in action!Under normal driving conditions (wheresufficient road surface friction exists toreliably bring the vehicle to a halt without thewheels locking), ABS will not be brought intooperation.

However, should the braking force exceed theavailable adhesion between the tyres and theroad surface, then ABS will automaticallycome into operation; brake pedal 'feel' willharden, and the sound of solenoid cyclingmay be heard as the ABS regulates brakingpressure to ensure wheel rotation.

Little further pedal travel will be possible atthis point, but effort on the pedal can bevaried to influence braking while the ABSretains control.

During braking, some vibration may be feltthrough the brake pedal. This isa normalresult of the system regulating brakingpressure. However, frequent vibrationindicates a hazardous surface under the roadwheels and isawarning to the driver to adjustspeed to suit the road surface and trafficconditions.

Page 109: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Braking systems

When ABS stops operating, extra initial pedaltravel will be experienced and the 'feel' of thebrake pedal will revert to its non-ABScondition.

Do notpump the brake pedal at any time asthis will interrupt ABS operation andmayincrease braking distance.

Ensure that there are noobstructionsbeneath the brake pedal which may preventfull travel, i.e. additional floormats.

Brake pedal reactions will be different fromthose experienced on a non-ABS vehicle.

Additional operating information

• Under ABS control, heavy braking on adryroad may produce tyre noise and slightmarking of the road surface. Neither needcause concern.

• Solenoid cycling may sometimes be heardwhen driving on very rough roads orwhile'feathering' (light braking) over irregular orpitted surfaces. This is part of the normalABS function.

• If excessive pedal travel isexperienced,full braking will still be available; push thepedal through the free movement untilresistance is felt, then apply the necessaryforce to obtain braking. However, as soonas safety permits stop the vehicle and seekqualified assistance before continuing.

110

• On soft surfaces such as powdery snow,sand orgravel, and also on very roughsurfaces, braking distances with ABS maybe greater than those achievable with anon-ABS system. This is because thenatural action of locked wheels on softsurfaces isto build up awedge of materialin front of the wheels which assists instopping (however, ABS will continue toprovide better stability and steeringcontrol).

• If the vehicle is brought to rest on asteepslope which has avery low-frictionsurface, the vehicle may slide with thewheels locked because there is no wheelrotation to signal movement to the ABS. Ifthis occurs, momentarily release thebrakes (to permit some wheel rotation),before re-applying them to allow ABS toregain control. Where aslow descent isnecessary, engage a LOW range gear withthe engine running to allow acontrolleddescent (see 'Off-road driving'for furtherinformation).

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?:::?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?:::?:::?:::?::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

ABS is designed to operate onlywithgenuine Land Rover parts, and the tyres andwheels specified in 'General data'.

Land Rover cannot accept anyresponsibilityfor inefficient operation of the systemcaused bymodifications to the vehicle or thefitting of non-approved components. Alwaysconsult your Land Rover dealer foradvice.

Page 110: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Traction control

ELECTRONIC TRACTION CONTROLThe purpose of electronic traction control istoaid traction when one wheel on an axle spinswhilst the other still has good grip, e.g, if oneside of the vehicle is on ice and the other is ontarmac. The system works by applying thebrake to aspinning wheel in order to transfertorque to the other side of the axle.

NOTE: Traction control only operates belowapproximately 60 mph (100 km/h).

The instrument panel has atraction controlwarning light (TC) and, when appropriate,traction control messages will also bedisplayed in the message centre.

.............. The warning light illuminates

1111~1~~11111 whenever the system isactive............................. (for a minimum of2 seconds)and isaccompanied by the message centredisplaying TRACTION'. In the unlikely eventthat traction control is used continuously fortoo long (in excess of approximately 1minute), then the control unit shuts down toallow cooling and the warning light flashes forat least ten seconds; this isaccompanied bythe message centre displaying TRACTIONOVERHEAT'.

If there isafault with the system, then thewarning light will illuminate continuously andthe message centre displays TRACTIONFAILURE'. If this occurs, you should contact aLand Rover dealer at the earliest opportunity.

111

Page 111: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Cruise control

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

• DO NOT use cruise control onwinding or slippery road surfaces, orin traffic conditions where aconstant speed cannot easily bemaintained.

• ALWAYS switch off the masterswitch when you no longer intend touse cruise control.

• DO NOT rest your foot under theaccelerator pedal while cruisecontrol isengaged - your foot couldbe trapped.

NOTE: On automatic gearbox models,selecting Cruise control while the gearboxis in 'Sport' mode will result in morefrequent and harsher acceleration andgear changing. This isnotrecommended.

112

CRUISE CONTROL (if fitted)Cruise control enables the driver to maintain aconstant road speed without using theaccelerator pedal. This is particularly usefulfor motorway cruising or for any journeywhere aconstant speed can be maintained fora lengthy period.

The cruise control system has three switches:a master switch on the fascia panel and twocontrol switches marked 'SET+' and 'RES'(arrowed in illustration) mounted in thesteering wheel.

To operate

1. Press the master switch (the indicatorlight in the switch illuminates).

2. Accelerate until the desired speed isreached - this must be above the system'sminimum operational speed of 28 mph(45 km/h) for petrol engine models, or31 mph (50 km/h) for diesel enginevehicles.

3. Press the 'SET+' switch to set the vehiclespeed in the cruise control system'smemory. Cruise control will now maintainthat road speed without the need foroperation of the accelerator.

With cruise control operating, speed can beincreased temporarily, e.g. for overtaking, bynormal use of the accelerator. When theaccelerator is released, road speed will returnto the selected cruising speed.

Page 112: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Cruise control

To reduce the cruising speedUse the brake pedal to slow the vehicle untilthe required speed has been reached, thenpress the 'SET+' switch to establish a newcruising speed (remember that cruise controlwill not operate at speeds below28 mph (45 km/h) for petrol engine models,or 31 mph (50 km/h) for diesel enginevehicles.

On petrol models only: press the 'RES' switchonce momentarily to cut off cruise control; ifthe brake pedal is not used, the vehicle willslow down gradually. When the desired speedhas been reached, press the 'SET+' switch toestablish the new cruising speed.

To increase the set cruising speedPress and hold the 'SET+' switch; the vehiclewill accelerate automatically. Release theswitch as soon as the desired speed has beenreached.

Alternatively, the set speed can be increasedincrementally by 'tapping' the 'SET+' switch.For each five taps the speed will increase by 5mph (8 km/h).

Disengaging cruise controlCruise control will automatically disengage ifthe brake (or clutch) pedals are pressed, orwhen the gear lever is moved into neutral(gear selector lever position 'N' for automaticgearbox).

113

On petrol models only: press the 'RES' switchonce momentarily to cut off cruise control;this allows the vehicle to slow down gradually.

If required, press the 'RES' switch again tore-engage cruise control at the previously-setspeed.

NOTE: The speed held in the cruise controlmemory willbe cancelled when either thecruise control master switch or the starterswitch are turned off.

NOTE: Cruise control willdisengageautomatically if yourroad speed falls to lessthan 75percent of the setspeed (this couldoccur when towing uphill).

Page 113: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

Your vehicle is fitted with an electronicallycontrolled air suspension system (EAS) whichprovides five different ride height settingsincluding an 'Access' mode. These settingsincrease or decrease the height and groundclearance ofyour vehicle to cope withdifferent driving conditions.

In addition, the EAS also provides automaticsuspension levelling.

Before operating EASRemember, even if achange of ride height isselected, it will NOT take place:

• If the tailgate orany door is open.

• Whilst the footbrake iscontinously appliedfor less than 3 minutes.

• If the engine is not running (except forselection of 'Access' within 40 seconds ofswitching off).

If the 'Access' mode is required, ensure thehandbrake isapplied (select 'P' for automatictransmission).

NOTE: Frequent changes between rideheights could cause the compressor tooverheat. If this occurs, EAS willbe fullyoperational again after a few minutes whenthe compressor has cooled.

H3097

1 2 3

114

CONTROLS

Ride height selector (1)Press and release the upper or lower arrow onthe rocker switch to raise or lower the vehicleto the next ride height setting (the relevantindicator light will illuminate).

Ride height indicator panel (2)All indicator lights illuminate as a bulb checkwhen the starter switch is initially turned toposition '11' and remain illuminated until theengine isstarted.

Each specific indicator light illuminates whena height setting is in operation. When achange in height isactivated, the indicatorlights illuminate in the following sequence:

• The new height indicator light flashes.

• When the new height is reached, itsindicator light stops flashing andilluminates continuously (the previousindicator light extinguishes).

'Inhibit' switch (3)The indicator light in the switch illuminates asa bulb check when the starter is initially turnedto position '11'.

• Press the switch to select 'Inhibit' mode(indicator light illuminates). This willprevent automatic changes betweenStandard and Low ride height.

• Press again to switch off.

Page 114: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Even in 'Inhibit' mode, the ride height canautomatically change from'Access'/'Crawl' to the 'Low' ride heightand from 'Extended' or 'High' profile to'High' or 'Standard'.

If the suspension is in 'Inhibit' mode and'Access' ride height isselected when theengine isswitched off, then when theengine is restarted, if the gear selector ismoved from 'P' ('Park' on automatictransmission) and the handbrake isreleased before the system bulb check iscomplete, the vehicle will rise from'Access' to 'Standard' instead of 'Low'ride height. For more information on thebulb check, see 'Air suspension warninglight'.

........... Air suspension warning lightThe warning light on theinstrument panel illuminates as a

bulb check when the starter switch isturnedon and remains illuminated until two secondsafter the engine has started.

In addition, the light will illuminate whilstdriving whenever 'High' or 'Extended' rideheights are selected, and also if a fault withthe air suspension system isdetected.

115

HEIGHT SETTINGS

Standard ride heightSuitable for most drivingconditions and recommended for

towing (see 'Towing with EASj.

High ride height~ Approximately 40 mm (1.5 in)~ above 'Standard'. Improvesapproach and departure angles (off-road) andisalso recommended for wading.

Can be selected manually under 35 mph (55km/h). If this speed isexceeded EASautomatically returns to 'Standard'.

NOTE: The airsuspension warning lightilluminates when this height is selected.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

High ride height must not be selected fordriving on the public highway.

Page 115: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

n Low ride height*. t Approximately 25 mm (1 in)• below 'Standard'. Selected

automatically when speeds of over 50 mph(80 km/h) are sustained for over 30 seconds.This setting lowers the vehicle's centre ofgravity, thereby improving the handlingcharacteristics of the vehicle. The vehicleautomatically returns to 'Standard' if speedsbelow 35 mph (55 km/h) are sustained forover 30 seconds. 'Low' can be manuallyselected at any speed when Inhibit mode hasbeen selected.

Access/Crawl ride height

Access mode( .0:7- Approximately 65 mm (2.5 in)below 'Standard', enabling easier

access or loading. 'Access' can be selectedwith the engine running and for up to 40seconds after it has been switched offprovided:

• The vehicle isstationary.

• The handbrake isapplied (gearshift in 'P'for automatic transmission).

• All doors and the tailgate are closed.

• The footbrake is NOT applied.

'Access' can also be preselected up to 40seconds before the vehicle stops. However,the suspension will not begin to lower untilthe vehicle isstationary with the handbrakeapplied, the gear selector in the 'P' (park)position and the footbrake released.Preselection isautomatically cancelled if the40 second period isexceeded.

116

NOTE: If adoor/tailgate is opened or thefootbrake isapplied while the vehicle ischanging height, the change willbeinterrupted.

When moving off, vehicle height automaticallyreturns to 'Standard' ('Low' if 'Inhibit' modewas operational BEFORE 'Access' wasselected, see 'Inhibit' switch).

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

If the suspension is in 'Inhibit' mode and'Access' ride height isselected when theengine isswitched off, then when theengine is restarted, if the gear selector ismoved from 'P' ('Park' on automatictransmission) and the handbrake isreleased before the system bulb check iscomplete, the vehicle will rise from'Access' to 'Standard' instead of 'Low'ride height. For more information on thebulb check, see 'Air suspension warninglight'.

If 'Inhibit' mode isselected AFTER 'Access','Crawl' mode isselected (see 'Crawl' mode).

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

(:::(:::(::::::::::::::::::::::::::JNAA:NJNG::: (::: (:::(:::(:::(::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Always take care when UNLOADING yourvehicle in an area where height isrestricted.

With the starter switch turned off, thesuspension will automatically re-levet thevehicle every time a door (or the tailgate) isopened and then closed (and every fewhours thereafter).

After unloading, the height ofthe vehiclewill therefore increase.

Page 116: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

Crawl modeIf it is necessary to manoeuvre the vehicle inan area where height is restricted, 'Crawl'mode should be selected as follows:

• Select'Access'.

• If the 'Inhibit' mode isalready active,release the 'Inhibit' switch (indicator lightextinguishes).

• Press the 'Inhibit' switch (indicator lightilluminates).

• The message centre emits an audiblewarning and 'EAS MANUAL' isdisplayed.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

While in 'Crawl' mode: If the vehicleexceeds 10 mph (16 km/h), the messagecentre emits an audible warning anddisplays 'SLOW: 20 MPH MAX' ('SLOW:30 KMH MAX').

If the vehicle exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h),the ride height automatically changes to'Low'.

If the vehicle then slows to 20 mph(32 km/h), the EAS automatically returnsto 'Crawl' mode.

If road speed reduces to 5 mph (8 km/h),the message centre emits an audiblewarning and displays 'EAS MANUAL'.

If the engine is switched off in 'Crawl'mode, the vehicle will return to 'Access'mode when restarted. If 'Crawl' is stillrequired, it MUST be reselected !

117

" \ I / Extended ride heightt& Approximately 70 mm (2.75 in)/ I \" above 'Standard'. Extended ride

height isautomatically selected if the vehiclecomes to a halt as a result of the chassiscoming into contact with the ground. ItCANNOT be selected manually ('High'indicator light flashes and the Highsuspension warning light illuminates).

'Extended' ride height isautomaticallysustained for 10 minutes after which it returnsto 'High' unless the 'ride height' selector isused to select adifferent setting.

Page 117: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

EAS MESSAGESThe following messages may appear in the message centre display. These are warnings to whichthe driver must respond.

Message Meaning Solution

'EAS MANUAL'

'SLOW: 20 MPH MAX'('SLOW: 30 KPH MAX')

'EAS FAULT'

'SLOW: 35 MPH MAX'('SLOW: 55 KPH MAX')

vehicle locked in 'Access'.

road speed too high forcu rrent ride heig ht.

there isafault with the airsuspension.

Air suspension fault.

118

EAS WARNING! The vehicle isbeing driven on its bump stops.

slow down to less than 20 mph(30 km/h).

Consult your Land Rover dealer.

Slow to 35 mph (55 km/h) andseek qualified assistance

Page 118: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

EAS functions ('Inhibit' mode off)

Down selections'Extended'to 'High'after 10 minutesoperation, or press the lower arrow on theride height selector once.

'Extended'to 'Standard'speed above 35 mph(55 km/h), or press the lower arrow twice.

'High'to 'Standard'speed above 35 mph(55 km/h), or press the lower arrow once (ifspeed is less than 35 mph (55 km/h)).

'Standard'to 'Low'speed above 50 mph(80 km/h) for longer than thirty seconds.

'Standard'to 'Access' press the lower arrowonce (see :4ccess mode).

Up selections'Low'to 'Standard'speed below 35 mph(55 km/h) for over thirty seconds or press theupper arrow on the ride height selector whenthe vehicle isstationary.

'Access'to 'Standard' move off fromstationary, or press the upper arrow oncewhilst stationary, or move automatic gearboxselector from Park and release the hand brake.

'Standard'to 'High'press the upper arrowonce below 35 mph (55 km/h).

119

EAS functions ('Inhibit' mode on)(indicator light illuminated)

Down selections'Extended'to 'High'after 10 minutes ofoperation, or press the lower arrow on theride height selector once.

'Extended'to 'Standard'speed above 35 mph(55 km/h), or press the lower arrow twice.

'High'to 'Standard'speed above 35 mph(55 km/h), or press the lower arrow once.

'Standard'to 'Access' press the lower arrowtwice.

'Standard'to 'Low'press the lower arrowonce.

'Low'to 'Access' press the lower arrow once.

Up selections'Access'to 'Low'(not for 'Crawl') move offfrom stationary, or press the upper arrowonce.

'Low'to 'Standard' press the upper arrowonce.

'Standard'to 'High'press the upper arrowonce below 35 mph (55 km/h).

Page 119: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Air suspension

TOWING WITH EASWhen towing, it is recommended that thesuspension is locked in 'Standard ride height'as follows;

• Press the 'Inhibit' switch (indicator lightilluminates).

• Select 'Standard' (as described earlier inthis section).

FAULT DIAGNOSISIf the EAS self-check detects aminor fault inthe system, 'Standard' isautomaticallyselected. No ride height changes are possibleuntil the fault is rectified. The message centreemits an audible warning and 'EAS FAULT' isdisplayed. All the EAS indicator lights flash inunison for 30 seconds before they, and theHigh suspension warning light, illuminatecontinuously.

If a major fault isdetected, the vehicle lowersto 'Access', and the message centre emits anaudible warning and displays 'SLOW: 35 MPHMAX' ('SLOW: 55 KPH MAX').

If asecond fault occurs, all the EAS indicatorlights flash again.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAfl:NJNtl::::::::::::::::::::::::::::/::::/:::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

If either a minor, or major fault develops,take your vehicle to your dealer as soon aspossible. Only anauthorised Land Roverdealer willbe able to rectify faults.

120

NOTE: Certain minor faults are recheckedafter the EAS system is re-powered. If themessage 'EAS FAUL T'is displayed, switch offthe engine and keep alldoors and tailgateclosed forat least 2 minutes, then re-start theengine.

If a fault is no longer present, normaloperation is restored. However, a record ofthe fault is stored bythe system's computertoaidyourdealer.

Page 120: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Trip computer & overspeed warning

P0192

The trip computer provides valuableinformation to assist the driver to calculatefuel stops, journey times and distances.

The two push switches (illustrated) operatethe trip computer and overspeed warningsystem, and messages from the trip computerand overspeed warning system are displayedin the message centre.

NOTE: The message centre's primaryfunction is to display warning messagesgenerated bythe vehicle's monitoringsystems. Trip computer messages are ofsecondary importance and thereforeautomatically overridden when other, moreimportant, information is required fordisplay.The trip computer and overspeed warningmessages resume when other messages areno longer valid.

121

TRIP COMPUTERWith the starter switch in position '11', pressswitch (1) to scroll through the trip computerfunctions. These will appear in the followingorder:

• DISTANCE TO EMPTY

• AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION

• AVERAGE SPEED

• TRIP DISTANCE TWO

• TRIP DISTANCE ONE

NOTE: Trip Distance One is the computer'sdefault position.

Distance to emptyThis function isautomatic and indicates theremaining distance you can travel before thefuel gauge reads empty - the message centredisplays: 'RANGE - - -'.

If the estimated remaining distance falls below50 miles (80 km/h), the message centre willdisplay 'REFUEL, RANGE <50' ('REFUEL,RANGE <80'), indicating that you should refuelat the earliest opportunity.

NOTE: If a recalculation of the Distance ToEmpty function occurs when the range isbetween 50 - 56miles (80 - 90km/h), thedisplay will show the distance to emptymessage butNOT the refuel message. Takecare notto run out of fuel!

Page 121: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Trip computer & overspeed warning

Average fuel consumptionThis function isautomatic and indicates theaverage fuel consumption since the last timethe trip computer was reset (average fuelconsumption iscalculated by dividing thedistance travelled by the amount of fuel used).

While the system iscalculating the averagefuel consumption, the display shows'COMPUTING MPG'. Once the fuelconsumption value iscalculated, 'AVERAGEMPG' will be displayed, and a3 digit fuelconsumption value (shown in tens, units andtenths ofagallon) also appears in the display.

NOTE: The displayed value willnotchange ata rate greater than 0.1 mpg per 3 seconds(0.1 litres/100 km per6 seconds), and willbebetween 0 and 99.9 mpg (0 and 99.9litres/100 km).

Average speedThis function isautomatic and indicates theaverage speed since the last time the tripcomputer was reset (average speed iscalculated by dividing the actual distancetravelled by the accumulated time in which thestarter switch has been turned on).

While the system iscalculating the averagespeed, the display will show 'COMPUTINGMPH'. Once the calculation has been made,the display changes to 'AVG. SPEED' followedby 3 digits indicating the average speed inhundreds, tens and units.

NOTE: The Average Speed display willchangeatamaximum rate of 1mph per2 seconds.

122

Trip distance twoThis function records the distance over whichthe average fuel consumption and speed havebeen calculated, and will always be thedistance the vehicle has travelled since thecomputer was last reset. The message centredisplays TRIP2 ---'.

Trip distance oneThis isastandard trip recorder of the typefitted to most motor vehicles and records thedistance travelled since the reset button (onthe right of the instrument pack) was lastpressed. Press the reset button to zero the triprecorder. If the message display shows aninternal or trip computer message, it can bechanged to display the Trip Distance Onefunction by operating the trip recorder resetbutton - the message centre displays thedistance only (without TRIP1 ---').

Page 122: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Trip computer & overspeed warning

P0192

Resetting the trip computerWith the starter switch turned to position '11',press and hold switch 1 for at least 2seconds:

• Distance To Empty and Average FuelConsumption functions both reset. Thedisplay will show 'COMPUTING RANGE'and 'COMPUTING MPG' until adistance of0.6 miles (1 kilometre) has been travelled,after which the computer will once againbe able to calculate an average fuelconsumption figure.

• Average Speed is reset. The display willshow 'COMPUTING MPH' until the vehiclehas travelled far enough (0.6 miles or1kilometre) for an average speed to beavailable.

• Trip Distance Two function resets to zero

NOTE: The Trip Distance One function is notaffected byresetting the trip computer.

123

TRIP COMPUTER OVERSPEED WARNINGThe overspeed warning function is an aid tokeeping within speed limits, and isselected bypressing switch 2 ('bell' symbol).

To set the speed limit, press the switch (onceor twice) until 'SPEED LIMIT - - -' isdisplayed,and then hold the switch until the requiredspeed appears in the display (speeds willscroll upwards in increments of5 mph from20 mph (30 km/h) to 100 mph (140 km/h).

NOTE: The display willstart scrolling fromwhich ever speed was previously setin thesystem memory.

As soon as the required speed appears in thedisplay, release the switch. That speed willthen be set in the system memory.

Whilst driving, if you exceed the pre-setspeed, 'SPEED LIMIT - - -' will be displayed inthe message centre and an audible warningwill sound.

To cancel the speed you have set, pressswitch 2 again (the message 'SPEED LIMITOFF' will appear).

Page 123: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Towing & load carrying

P0211

TOWING WITH YOUR VEHICLEThe torque ranges of Land Rover enginesallow maximum-weight loads to be pulledsmoothly from standstill, and reduce gearchanging on hills or rough terrain. Thesuspension isdesigned to cope with a heavytrailer load without upsetting the balance orfeel of the vehicle.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::??l"'JU:I:~UN(r:::/:??::::::/:::::?::::?::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Only fit towing accessories that have beendesigned and approved by Land Rover.

Ensure that the gross vehicle weight andmaximum rear axle weight are notexceeded.

When preparing your vehicle for towingalways pay careful attention to the trailermanufacturer's recommendations and thefollowing guidelines.

124

• Set the electronic air suspension to'INHIBIT' select STANDARD ride heightand maintain that setting whilst towing.

• Ensure that the vehicle and trailer tyrepressures are as recommended by thetrailer manufacturer.

• Check the operation of trailer brakes andlights.

• For maximum stability, ensure that loadsare properly secured and unable to shiftposition during transit. Where possible,position loads so that most of the weightis placed close to the floor andimmediately above or close to the traileraxle(s).

• After loading the trailer check that theweight on the hitch point (this iscalled thedraw-bar loading weight, or nose weight),is in accordance with the manufacturer'srecommendations.

• When calculating the laden weight of thetrailer, remember to include the weight ofthe trailer PLUS the load.

• Where the load can be divided betweentrailer and tow vehicle, loading moreweight into the vehicle than the trailer willgenerally improve the stability of thecombination.

Page 124: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Towing & load carrying

NOTE: Towing regulations val)! from countryto country. It is very important, therefore, toensure that national regulations governingtowing weights and speed limits are observed.The maximum permissible towed weights andinformation stated on the instruction labelattached to the towbracket refer to thevehicle's design limitations and NOT toanyspecific territorial restrictions (see 'Maximumpermissible towed weights').

THE LAND ROVER TOWBALL(if fitted)

In some countries, vehicles are supplied witha Land Rover towball - this isstowed in thestorage tray at the side of the spare wheel.

Insert the towball into the channel beneath therear bumper, locating the rear of the towballover the stud at the rear of the channel. Holdthe towball in position and, from the left handside, insert the bolt through the channel andthe towball.

125

Ensure that the head of the bolt rests firmlyagainst the side of the channel. A blockwelded to the left hand side of the channelprevents rotation of the bolt when thelocknuts are tightened.

Using the wheelbrace, separately fit andtighten the two locknuts.

/:::/:((::/:::::::::::::::::::}WAR:NING)::::::::::::::::::::::::::::))::::. ."."-'."-'-"."-'."-'-"."-'."-'-"."-'-":':.:.:':.:':.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: .

Before towing, ALWAYS check that thelocknuts are fully tightened and that thecutout in the towball body is located on thestud at the rear ofthe channel.

ALWAYS store the towball in the storagetray at the side ofthe spare wheel. NEVERleave the towballioose in the vehicle whereit could become a projectile in the event ofheavy braking oran accident.

NOTE: Insome countries it isa requirementthat the towball remains attached to thevehicle.

Page 125: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Towing & load carrying

MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE TOWED WEIGHTS (all models)

On-road Off-road

Unbraked trailers 750 kgTrailers with overrun brakes 3,500 kgTrailers with coupled brakes 3,500 kg

16531bs77161bs77161bs

500 kg1,000 kg1,000 kg

11021bs22041bs22041bs

NOSE WEIGHTThe recommended maximum trailer noseweight is 150 kg (330 Ib). The nose weightplus the combined weight of the vehicle's loadcarrying area and rear seat passengers mustNOT EXCEED the maximum rear axle load orthe gross vehicle weight (as shown in 'Generaldata').

AUTOMATIC GEARBOX MODELSIf very heavy trailer loads are towed(particularly at high altitude or in hotclimates), the 'GEARBOX OVERHEAT' warningmay appear in the message centre.

This warning indicates that the gearbox oil istoo hot, in which case you should reduce roadspeed or manually select a lower gear ortransfer to the LOW range of gears. If themessage persists, stop the vehicle and allowthe gearbox to cool. If the message resumesafter cooling, seek qualified assistance beforecontinuing.

126

VEHICLE WEIGHTSWhen loading avehicle to its maximum (grossvehicle weight), consideration must be takenof the unladen vehicle weight and thedistribution of the load to ensure that axleloadings do not exceed the permittedmaximum values.

It isyour responsibility to limit the vehicleload in such away that neither the maximumaxle loads nor the gross vehicle weight areexceeded (see 'General data').

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?:::?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?:::?:::?:::?::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT carry unsecured equipment, tools orluggage which could move andcausepersonal injuryin the event ofanaccident oremergency manoeuvre, eitheron oroffroad.

Page 126: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Towing & load carrying

TRAILER SOCKET (if fitted)When the engine is running, powerconsumption from the trailer socket must notexceed 5 amps.

ROOF RACKA Land Rover approved roof rack isavailableas an accessory. Fitting instructions andloading recommendations are detailed in theliterature provided with the roof rack; observeall recommendations.

The total load must NOT exceed that given in'General data', and must include the weight ofthe roof rack within the load.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

A loaded roof rack can reduce the stabilityof the vehicle, particularly when corneringand encountering cross winds.

All loads should be evenly distributed,and secured within the periphery of therack.

Only fit roof racks that have beendesigned foryour vehicle. If in doubt,consult your dealer.

127

Page 127: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Emergency starting

STARTING AN ENGINE WITH A DISCHARGEDBATTERY

The ONLY recommended methods of startingavehicle with adischarged battery are:

• Using asubstitute battery fitted to thedisabled vehicle.

• Using booster cables (jump leads) toconnect the battery from adonor vehicleto the discharged battery.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::::::)))):::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NJNG:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::......................................................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

• Batteries emitexplosive hydrogen gas ­keep sparks and naked lights away fromthe engine compartment.

• DO NOT attempt to jump start the vehicleif the electrolyte in the battery issuspected ofbeing frozen.

• Make sure BOTH batteries are of thesame voltage (12 volts), and that thebooster cables have insulated clampsand are approved foruse with 12 voltbatteries.

• DO NOT disconnect the dischargedbattery.

• DO NOT connect positive (+) terminals tonegative (-) terminals, and ensurebooster cables are kept away from anymoving parts in the enginecompartment.

• Take care when working near rotatingparts of the engine.

128

USING BOOSTER CABLESIf adonor vehicle isto be used, both vehiclesshould be parked with their battery locationsadjacent to each other. Ensure that the twovehicles do not touch.

Apply the handbrakes and ensure that thetransmission of both vehicles isset in neutralCP' or Park for vehicles with automatictransmission).

Turn off the starter switch and ALL electricalequipment of BOTH vehicles, then follow theinstructions specific to petrol or diesel enginemodels on the pages that follow.

Page 128: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Emergency starting

CONNECTING THE BOOSTER CABLES

PETROL ENGINES

Always adopt the following procedure:Connect the RED booster cable between thepositive (+) terminal of the donor battery andthe positive (+) terminal of the dischargedbattery.

Connect the BLACK booster cable from thenegative (-) terminal of the donor battery to agood earth point (eg. an engine mounting orother unpainted surface) at least 0.5 mfromthe battery and well away from fuel and brakelines on the disabled vehicle (engine liftingring shown in illustration) .

.... .

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~I~~::H::::::::::::!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!For safety reasons;

• DO NOT connect the BLACK cable to thenegative terminal of the dischargedbattery - if in doubt, seek qualifiedassistance.

Check that the booster cables are clear of anymoving parts in either engine, then start theengine of the donor vehicle and allow it to idlefor a few minutes.

Now start the vehicle with the dischargedbattery. Once both engines are runningnormally, allow them to idle for two minutesbefore switching off the engine of the donorvehicle.

129

DO NOT switch on any electrical circuits onthe previously disabled vehicle until AFTER thebooster cables have been removed.

Disconnecting the booster cables must be anEXACT reversal of the procedure used toconnectthem, ie: disconnectthe BLACK cablefrom the earth point on the disabled vehicleFIRST.

Page 129: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Emergency starting

CONNECTING THE BOOSTER CABLES

DIESEL ENGINES

Always adopt the following procedure,ensuring the cables are connected in theorder shown below:

1. Connect one end of the RED booster cableto the positive (+) terminal of the donorbattery.

2. Connect the other end of the RED boostercable to the positive (+) terminal of thedischarged battery.

3. Connect one end of the BLACK boostercable to the negative (-) terminal of theDISCHARGED battery.

4. Connect the other end of the BLACKbooster cable to the negative (-) terminalof the donor battery.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::i~~:~I~9::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::For safety reasons:

• ALWAYS connect the BLACK cable to thedonor battery LAST.

• ENSURE that each connection is securelymade and that there is noriskof theclipsaccidentally slipping orbeingpulledfrom the battery terminals.

• BE AWARE that loose connectionsbetween cable clipsand batteryterminals could cause sparking, whichcould lead to explosion or fire.

130

Check that the booster cables are clear of anymoving parts in either engine, then start theengine of the donor vehicle and allow it to idlefor a few minutes.

Now start the vehicle with the dischargedbattery. Once both engines are runningnormally, allow them to idle for two minutesbefore switching off the the donor vehicleengine.

DO NOT switch on any electrical circuits onthe previously disabled vehicle until AFTER thebooster cables have been removed.

Disconnecting the booster cables must be anEXACT reversal of the procedure used toconnectthem, ie: disconnectthe BLACK cablefrom the negative (-) terminal on the donorvehicle FIRST.

P0391A

Page 130: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Emergency towing

P0132

Front towing eyeUse ONLY when the vehicle isto be towedwith ALL four wheels on the ground. (see'Towing the vehicle on four-wheels').

Rear towing eyeUse ONLY when towing another vehicle.

:!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:f{~~:~t~~::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!If transfer neutral has been selected, it isessential to remove fuse 11and press thetransfer 'Hi/La' switch (to re-setect high orlowrange) before leaving the vehiclestationary.

131

Towing the vehicle on four-wheelsIf it is necessary to recover the vehicle bytowing on all four wheels, select transferneutral as follows:

• With the starter key removed, insert a fuse(5 amps or greater) in fuse position 11 inthe rig ht hand seat fuse box. Insert keyand turn the starter switch on; the transferbox will automatically select neutral (waituntil the message centre displaysTRANSFER NEUTRAL'), then turn thestarter switch off.

• Turn the starter switch to position '1' tounlock the steering and leave in thisposition while the vehicle is being towed.

• To re-engage HIGH or LOW range aftertowing, turn the starter switch off, removethe fuse from position 11, then turn thestarter switch on and press the rangechange switch (manual gearbox) - thetransfer box will engage the HIGH or LOWgear range.

NOTE: If, due to an accident orelectricalfault, it is considered unsafe to turn the starterswitch, the battery must be disconnected.

Page 131: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Emergency towing

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

DO NOT attempt to tow the vehicle unlessthe starter switch isturned to position '1'(to unlock the steering).

DO NOT attempt to remove the starter keyor turn the switch to position '0' while thevehicle is in motion.

Without the engine running the powersteering pump and brake servo cannotprovide assistance. Greater effort will berequired to operate the brake pedal and toturn the steering wheel and, therefore,safely control the vehicle.

Towing the vehicle on two-wheelsIf it is necessary to recover the vehicle bytowing on two wheels only, always adhere tothe following:

Remove the propeller shaft from the axlewhich isto remain on the road.

The propeller shaft flange and shaft must bemarked before removal to ensure correctre-assembly. Secure the suspended propellershaft safely to prevent damage.

::J:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::"'#~:~J~9:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::If the rear axle is to be raised, the steeringwheel and/or linkage MUST be secured in astraight ahead position, butthe steeringlockMUST NOT be used for thispurpose.The vehicle can then be attached to thetowing truck.

132

P0133

Transporter or trailer lashingIf your vehicle should require transporting onthe back ofatruck, then the air suspensionmust be set to 'ACCESS' before being lashed(see 'Electronic airsuspension'). Use therings on the front and rear cross-members aslashing points (see illustration). DO NOTsecure lashing hooks ortrailer fixings to anyother part of the vehicle.

If the air suspension cannot be set to the'ACCESS' position, then your vehicle must belashed by its wheels and NOT by the lashingrings referred to above.

Page 132: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

The long-term safety, reliability andperformance ofyour vehicle willdepend verylargely on how it is maintained.

Maintenance is the owner's responsibility andit is ESSENTIAL that all routine services arecarried outat the specified intervals. These areshown in the Service Portfolio book includedin the literature pack. The Service Portfoliobook also includes service record dockets,which must be correctly endorsed byyourLand Rover dealer at the conclusion of eachservice.

This section of the handbook includesinformation toassist the owner carry outthose daily, weekly and monthly checks thatare also necessary to ensure safe, reliablemotoring.

133

SECTION 4Owner maintenance

Section Contents PageOwner maintenance 135Safety in the garage 137B t .onne opening 138Engine compartment 139lyres 147Washer jet & wiper blades 149Battery 151Wheel changing 155Fuses 162Bulb replacement 166Cleaning & vehicle care 174

Page 133: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Owner maintenance

OWNER MAINTENANCEIn addition to the routine services, whichshould be carried out according to themanufacturer's recommendations at theintervals shown in the Service Portfolio book,a number of simple checks (listed below)must be carried out by the owner ordriver ona regular basis. These are fully described onthe pages that follow.

Daily checks

• Operation of lights, horn, directionindicators, wipers, washers and warninglights.

• Operation of seat belts and brakes.

• Look for deposits on the garage floorwhich may indicate afluid leak.

Weekly checksThese should be carried out at least every250 miles or400 km.

• Engine oil level.

• Cooling system level.

• Screen washer reservoir level.

• Condition and pressure of tyres.

Monthly checks

• Brake fluid level.

• Power steering fluid level.

NOTE: Any significant orsudden drop in fluidlevels, oruneven tyre wear should be reportedtoyourdealer without delay.

The fluid level on manual gearboxes shouldonly be checked by a Land Rover dealer at thetime of a routine service.

135

All fluid specifications and capacities areshown in 'General data'.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Special operating conditionsWhen avehicle is operated in extremelyarduous conditions or on dusty, wet ormuddy terrain, more frequent attentionmust be paid to servicing requirements.

For example; if your vehicle experiencesdeep wading conditions, even DAILYservicing could be necessary to ensurethe continued safe and reliable operationof the vehicle.

Contact a Land Rover dealer for advice.

Page 134: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Owner maintenance

Planned maintenanceRegular systematic maintenance isthe key toensuring the continued reliability andefficiency ofyour vehicle.

The routine maintenance requirements foryour vehicle are shown in the Service Portfoliobook. Most of this necessary workshopmaintenance requires specialised knowledgeand equipment, and should preferably beentrusted to your Land Rover dealer.

Emission controlYour vehicle is fitted with various items ofemission and evaporative control equipmentdesigned to meet specific territorialrequirements.

You should be aware that unauthorisedreplacement, modification or tampering withthis equipment by an owner or repair shopmay be unlawful and subject to legal penalties.

In addition, engine settings must not betampered with. These have been establishedto ensure that your vehicle complies withstringent exhaust emission regulations.Incorrect engine settings may adversely affectexhaust emissions, engine performance andfuel consumption, as well as causing hightemperatures, which will result in damage tothe catalytic converter and the vehicle.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::://l"'Afl:~UN(r://::/:::/:::::::::::::::::::/:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Under no circumstances should any part ofthe fuel system be dismantled or replacedbyanyone other than a suitably qualifiedmotor vehicle technician. Failure to complywith this instruction may result in fuelspillage with a consequent serious risk offire.

136

Road testing on dynamometers('rolling roads')

..........................................................................................................................................................................

ni:ini:ii::i:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::ii:ii::iWARiNJNtt:nii:i::ii:nii:i::ii:nii::i::ii::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Because your vehicle is equipped withanti-lock brakes and permanent four-wheeldrive, it is essential that any dynamometertesting is carried out ONL Yby a qualifiedperson familiar with the dynamometertesting and safety procedures practiced byLand Rover dealers. Contact your LandRover dealer for further information.

SteeringThe intermediate steering shaft connecting thesteering column to the steering box isdesigned to disconnect under certain crashconditions. This isacritical safety feature andany servicing, replacement or repair mustONLY be carried out by an authorised dealerusing approved Land Rover parts.

Examination of the intermediate shaft every24,000 miles (40,000 km) ortwo years is animportant part of the vehicle's servicingschedule. However, you should be aware thata more thorough examination MUST becarried out if the vehicle is involved in afrontalcollision.

Under no circumstances should any form ofoil, grease or lubricant be applied to any partof the steering column at any time; any noiseor roughness of operation should be reportedto your dealer.

Page 135: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Owner maintenance

SAFETY IN THE GARAGEWhenever you carry out maintenance onyour vehicle, the following safetyprecautions should be observed at all times:

• ALWAYS keep hands, tools and items ofclothing clear of all drive belts and pulleys.

• DO NOT touch the exhaust orcoolingsystem components until they are cool.

• DO NOT touch electrical leads orcomponents with the starter switch turnedon.

• NEVER leave the engine running in anunventilated area; exhaust gases containcarbon monoxide which can causeunconsciousness and may even be fatal.

• DO NOT work beneath the vehicle with avehicle lifting jack as the only means ofsupport.

• ENSURE sparks and naked lights are keptaway from the engine compartment.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAfl:NJNtl::::::::::::::::::::::::::::/::::/:::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Remember; cooling fans may continue tooperate after the engine is switched off.Always wait until the fans have completelystopped moving before working in theengine compartment.

137

Poisonous liquidsMost liquids and lubricants used in motorvehicles are poisonous and should not beconsumed or brought into contact with openwounds. These include: battery acid,anti-freeze, brake, clutch and power steeringfluids, as well as petrol, diesel, oil andwindscreen washer additives.

For your own safety, ALWAYS read and obeyall instructions printed on labels andcontainers.

Used engine oilProlonged contact with engine oil may causeserious skin disorders, including dermatitisand cancer of the skin. ALWAYS washthoroughly after contact.

It is illegal to pollute drains, water courses orsoil with toxic chemicals such as used engineoil. ALWAYS dispose ofvehicle fluids andlubricants at authorised waste disposal sitesor at garages which provide facilities for thereceipt of discharged batteries, used oil andtoxic chemicals. If in doubt contact your LocalAuthority for advice.

PROTECT THE ENVIRONMENT!

Page 136: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bonnet opening

OPENING THE BONNETPull the bonnet release lever.

P0008

Liftthe bonnet safety catch and raise thebonnet.

138

P0009Closing the bonnet

Lower the bonnet slightly until astop is felt.Then lift the bonnet up (to release the lockingstrut) before lowering fully.

When the bonnet isapproximately 12 inches(300 mm) from its closed position, pushdown CAREFULLY, using the palms of bothhands positioned on the leading edge of thebonnet on either side of the radiator grill(where shown in illustration). Check that thelocks are FULLY engaged by attempting to liftthe front edge of the bonnet, which should befree from all movement.

Page 137: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

P0003A

Petrol engines

1. Fusebox - engine compartment

2. Cooling system reservoir

3. Brake fluid reservoir

4. Engine oil dipstick

5. Washer reservoir

6. Engine oil filler cap

7. Power steering reservoir

139

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Before carrying out maintenance checks orworking in the engine compartment,ALWAYS observe the safety precautionslisted under 'Safety in the garage', at thebeginning ofthe Owner maintenance sectionofthis handbook.

Page 138: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

Diesel engines

1. Fusebox - engine compartment

2. Cooling system reservoir

3. Brake and clutch fluid reservoir

4. Engine oil filler cap

5. Engine oil dipstick

6. Washer reservoir

7. Power steering reservoir

:!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:wt,~:~J~~::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!Before carrying out maintenance checks orworking in the engine compartment,ALWAYS observe the safety precautionslisted under 'Safety in the garage', at thebeginning of the Owner maintenance sectionof thishandbook.

140

Page 139: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

P0399

NOTE: If it is necessary to check the oil levelwhen the engine is hot, switch off the engineand let the vehicle stand for five minutes toallow the oil to drain back into the sump. Thenfollow the procedure already described.

Oil SpecificationIt isessential to use an oil suitable for theclimatic conditions in which the vehicle istobe operated. Precise specifications are shownin 'General data'. If in doubt, contact yourLand Rover dealer.

....Diesel engine

P0397

As ageneral guide, if the level on the dipstick:

• is nearer to the upper mark than the lower,add no oil.

• is nearer to the lower mark than the upper,add half a litre of oil.

• is below the lower mark, add one litre ofoil and re-check the level after afurtherfive minutes.

Petrol engine

ENGINE OIL LEVEL CHECK &TOP-UPCheck the oil level at least every 400 km(250 miles) when the engine is COLD and withthe vehicle resting on level ground, as follows:

1. Withdraw the dipstick and wipe the bladeclean.

2. Fully reinsert the dipstick and withdrawagain to check the level, which shouldNEVER be allowed to fall below the lowermark on the dipstick.

3. To top-up, unscrew the oil filler cap andadd oil to maintain the level between theUPPER and LOWER marks on the dipstick.

DO NOT OVERFILL!

141

Page 140: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

COOLING SYSTEM TOP-UP.....................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::J##~:~~~~::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::NEVER remove the filler cap when theengine is hot; escaping steam orscaldingwater could cause serious personal injury.

The coolant level in the expansion tankshould be checked at least weekly (moreoften in high mileage orarduous operatingconditions). Always check the level WHENTHE SYSTEM IS COLD.

Unscrew the filler cap slowly, allowing theair pressure to escape, before removingcompletely.

NEVER run the engine without coolant.

Take care nottospill anti-freeze onto a hotengine, a fire may result.

H3576

Top-up to the arrowhead (next to the seam)on the side of the tank with a50% mixture ofanti-freeze and water. Ensure the cap istightened fully after top-up iscompleted.

If the level has fallen appreciably, suspectleakage or overheating and arrange foryourdealer to examine the vehicle.

DO NOT OVERFILL!

142

Anti-freezeAnti-freeze contains important corrosioninhibitors. The anti-freeze/water solution mustbe maintained at50% ± 5% all year round(not just in cold conditions). If the anti-freezecontent isallowed to exceed 55%, or reducesto less than 45%, then either the coolingperformance or anti-corrosion properties ofthe coolant will be adversely affected.

Use ONLY a50% mix ofwater and HavolineExtended Life Coolant (XLC) orany ethyleneglycol based anti-freeze (containing nomethanol) with only Organic Acid Technology(OAT) corrosion inhibitors.

In an emergency (and only if this type ofanti-freeze is unavailable) top-up the coolingsystem with clean water, but be aware of theresultant reduction in frost protection. DONOT top-up or refill with conventionalanti-freeze formulations. If in doubt, consult aLand Rover dealer.

Page 141: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

The specific gravity ofa50% anti-freezesolution at 20° C(68° F) is 1.075 and protectsagainst frost down to-36° C(-33° F) ......................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WARMNQ:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::H:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

• Prevent anti-freeze coming in contactwith the skin oreyes. If thisoccurs, rinseimmediately with copious amounts ofwater.

• Anti-freeze is poisonous and can be fatalif swallowed. If swallowing is suspected,seek medical advice immediately.

• Anti-freeze will damage paintedsurfaces.

• NEVER top up with salt water. Even whentravelling in territories where the watersupply contains salt, always ensure youcarry a supply of fresh (rain ordistilled)water.

143

Page 142: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

P0015

WINDSCREEN WASHER TOP-UPThe windscreen washer reservoir alsosupplies the rear screen and headlight washerjets.

The message 'LOW SCREEN WASH' appearson the message centre whenever the washeris operated and the reservoir fluid level is low.To reset the message centre, top-up thereservoir ONLY when the starter switch isturned off.

Top-up with a mixture ofwater and agoodquality, proprietary brand of screenwash. Incold weather, to prevent freezing, use therecommended quantity of screenwash shownin the table below to help disperse ice andsnow.

Reservoir capacity: 6.0 litre

-3° C -6° C -12° C -18° C600 ml 1200 ml 2400 ml 3000 ml

Preferably, mix the recommended quantitiesofwater and screenwash in aseparatecontainer before topping-up the system, andalways follow the instructions on thescreenwash container.

144

:!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:~t,~:~J~~::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!Some screenwash products areinflammable, particularly if high orundiluted concentrations are exposed tosparking. Do notallowscreenwash to comeinto contact with naked flames orsources ofignition.

Body panels may suffer discoloration asaresult ofscreenwash spillage. Take care toavoid spillage, particularly if an undiluted orhigh concentration of screenwash is beingused. If spillage occurs, wash the affectedarea immediately with water.

Do notuse an anti-freeze solution in thewasher reservoir. Anti-freeze will damagepainted surfaces.

Page 143: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Wi~:~Jij,9:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Contact your dealer immediately if brakepedal travel is unusually long or if there isany appreciable drop in brake fluid level.

BRAKE FLUID CHECKThe fluid level will fall slightly during use as aresult of brake pad wear, but should not beallowed to fall below the 'MIN' mark. Anysubstantial drop in fluid indicates a leak in thesystem, in which case the vehicle must NOTbe driven and you should contact your dealer.

With the vehicle on level ground, check thefluid level at least every month (morefrequently in high mileage orarduousoperating conditions) as follows:

1. Turn the starter switch to position '11' toactivate the pump (brake warning lightilluminates).

2. If the pump cannot be heard to operate,press the brake pedal several times.

3. Wait until the pump has stopped operatingand the warning light has extinguishedbefore checking the fluid level.

Topping-upWipe the filler cap before removing to preventdirt from entering the reservoir, then top-up tothe 'MAX' mark using a recommended fluid(see 'General data').

Use only new fluid from asealed container(old fluid from opened containers or fluidpreviously bled from the system must NOT beused).

DO NOT OVERFILL!

NOTE: Vehicles with manual gearboxes usethe same reservoir forbrake and clutch.

145

P0013

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~:~Iij,~:::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Brake fluid is highlytoxic - keep containersoutof the reach of children. If consumptionof fluid is suspected, seek medical attentionimmediately.

DO NOT drive if the reservoir fluid levelisbelow the 'MIN'mark.

Brake/clutch fluid will damage paintedsurfaces: soak up any spillage with anabsorbant cloth immediately and wash thearea with a mixture of carshampoo andwater.

Take care nottospill fluid onto a hotengine- a fire may result.

If the fluidshould come into contact with theskin oreyes, rinse immediately with plentyof fresh water.

Page 144: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Engine compartment

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

It is vital that the hydraulic brake fluid iscompletely renewed at 36,000 mile (60,000km) intervals or every 36 months, whicheveris sooner.

At 72,000 mile (120,000 km) intervals orevery 6 years, whichever is sooner, allhydraulic brake fluid, seals and flexiblehoses should be renewed. All workingsurfaces of the caliper cylinders should beexamined andthe components renewedwhere necessary. Under arduous operatingconditions, these intervals must be reduced.Please consult your Land Rover Dealer foradvice.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Power steering fluid is highlytoxic - keepcontainers sealed and outof the reach ofchildren.ffconsumptionofpowersreeringfluid is suspected, seek medical attentionimmediately.

If power steering fluid should come intocontact with the skin or eyes, rinseimmediately with plenty of water.

Do notspill power steering fluid onto a hotengine - a fire may result.

Power steering fluid will damage paintedsurfaces: Soak up anyspillage with anabsorbent cloth immediately andwash thearea with a mixture of carshampoo andwater.

146

J730

POWER STEERING TOP-UPONLY check the fluid level when the engine isswitched off and the system iscold andensure that the steering wheel is not turnedafter stopping the engine.

Wipe the filler cap to prevent dirt fromentering the reservoir.

Remove the filler cap and, using a lint-freecloth, wipe the dipstick clean. Refit the fillercap fully and remove it again to check the fluidlevel. Add fluid to the reservoir until the levelis between the upper mark and the bottom ofthe dipstick (see 'General data'forrecommended fluid).

• DO NOT fill above the UPPER mark on thedipstick.

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::)"A'#~:~~~~:::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::The engine must NOT be started if the fluidlevelhas dropped below the bottom of thedipstick - severe damage to the pump couldresult.

Page 145: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Tyres

................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~Jij,9!!:!::!!U::!!U::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::• Never drive your vehicle if the tyres are

badly worn, cut or damaged, or if thepressures are incorrect.

• Incorrectly inflated tyres wear rapidlyand seriously affect the vehicle's safetyand road handling characteristics.

Caring foryour lyresAlways drive with consideration for thecondition of the tyres and frequently inspectthe tread and side walls for signs ofdistortionor damage (in particular, look for lumps, cutsand bulges).

Tyre pressuresTyre pressures should be checked at leastonce aweek with normal road use, but shouldbe checked DAILY if the vehicle is usedoff-road.

Check the pressures, including the spare,when the tyres are cold (air pressure naturallyincreases in warm tyres). The recommendedpressures are given in the 'General data'section.

..................... . .

:::::::::::!::!!::!::::::::::::::::::::!::!!:""'~~:~J~~::::::::::!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!If the vehicle has been parked in strongsunlight or is used in high ambienttemperatures, DO NOT reduce tyrepressures; instead, move the vehicle intoshade and allowthe tyres tocool beforechecking.

147

Tyre wearSome tyres fitted as original equipment havewear indicators moulded into the treadpattern. When the tread has worn down to1/16 inch (1.6 mm) the indicators startappearing on the surface of the tread pattern,producing the effect ofacontinuous bandacross the width of the tyre.

Atyre MUST be replaced as soon as anindicator band becomes visible or the treaddepth reaches the minimum permitted bylegislation.

Tread depth must be checked regularly (atevery maintenance service, or morefrequently). Always replace atyre before thetread reaches a remaining depth of 1/16 in.(1.6 mm). DO NOT drive with tyres worn tothis limit; the safety of the vehicle and itsoccupants will be adversely affected.

NOTE: After off-road use, check to make surethere are no lumps orbulges in the tyres orexposure of the plyorcord structure.

Valve capsKeep the valve caps screwed down firmly toprevent dirt from entering the valve.

Page 146: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Tyres

Replacement tyresWheel rims and tyres are matched to suit thehandling characteristics of the vehicle. Forsafety, ALWAYS check that replacementtyrescomply with the manufacturer's originalspecification and that the load rating shownon the side wall is the same as that of theoriginal equipment. Contact your Land Roverdealer for further information orassistance.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?::::::::::?::::?::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Do not replace wheels with any type otherthan genuine Land Rover parts. Wheels andtyres are designed for both off-road andon-road use and have a very importantinfluence upon the correct operation ofthesuspension systems and vehicle handling.Alternative wheels which do not meetoriginal equipment specifications should notbe fitted.

NOTE: Tyre sizes and pressure are shown in'General data'.

148

Snow chainsSnow chains are designed for on-road use inextreme snow conditions only, and are notrecommended for off-road use. It isrecommended that only Land Rover approvedsnow chains are fitted and that the followingrecommendations are always observed:

• Only Land Rover approved snow chainscan be fitted to the front wheels.

• Only fit snow chains in pairs.

• Always adhere to the snow chain fittingand retensioning instructions and thespeed limit recommendations forvaryingroad conditions. Never exceed 30 mph (50km/h).

• Avoid tyre damage by removing snowchains as soon as the road is free of snow.

• If only non-approved snow chains areavailable, they MUST only be fitted to theREAR wheels.

For more information orassistance, consultyour Land Rover dealer.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

?:::?::::::::::::::/:::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS:::?:::?::::::::::::::::::::::?::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

DO NOT fit non-approved snow chains to theFRONT wheels - this could damage brakecomponents.

When fitting snow chains, always take careto avoid any possible damage to alloywheels.

NOTE: If a fullset of four chains is to beused, they MUST be Land Rover approved.

Page 147: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Washer jets & wiper blades

P0016

Should any jet become obstructed, insert aneedle orastrand ofwire into the orifice toclear it.

~.. ::::::::::::::::::::

... -:.:::::"), .".. -. \>}}}~

IIII!.:III:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

HEADLIGHT WIPERS(if fitted)

Each headlight wiper arm has two jets(arrowed in illustration) which direct washfluid on to the headlight lens as the wiper armpasses over it. These jets are set duringmanufacture and must NOT be adjusted.

P0188

WASHER JETSTo adjust the front screen washer jets, insert aneedle into the jet orifice and lever gently toposition each jet so that the spray isdirectedat two points midway between the top andbottom of the windscreen.

o

...........................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: .

P0189

To adjust the rear screen washer jet, insert along needle-like probe into the jet orifice andlever gently to position the jet so that thespray isdirected towards the cross symbol onthe screen.

149

Page 148: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Washer jets & wiper blades

P0210

REAR WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENTThe rear wiper arm is inaccessible in itsstowed position (under acover at the top ofthe tailgate). To change the wiper blade, it isnecessary to stop the wiper arm during itstravel as follows:

Set the rear screen wiper operating, then openthe upper tailgate when the wiper is in anear-vertical position. The wiper will stop assoon as the tailgate is opened.

Turn the starter switch to the '0' position toprevent the wiper from operating, lower theupper tailgate and then replace the wiperblade (as described for front wiper bladeoverleaf). The wiper will continue operating assoon as the starter switch is returned toposition' I'.

FRONT WIPER BLADE REPLACEMENTTo renew awiper blade, lift the wiper armaway from the windscreen, press the retainingclip (1) and slide the wiper blade down thearm to remove.

Locate the new blade assembly on the armand push into engagement until the blade isretained by the clip.

Always fit replacement wiper blades that areidentical to the original specification.

150

Page 149: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Battery

::j:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~~~9::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Batteries contain acid, which is bothcorrosive and poisonous. If spillage occurs:

• On clothing or the skin - remove anycontaminated clothing immediately,flush the skin with large amounts ofwater, and seek medical attentionurgently.

• In the eyes - flush with clean waterimmediately forat least 15minutes.Seek medical attention urgently.

Swallowing battery acidcan be fatalunless IMMEDIATE action is taken - seekmedical attention urgently.

During normal operation batteries emitexplosive hydrogen gas - ensure sparksand naked lights are kept away from theengine compartment.

For your safety remove all metal wristbands and jewellery before working inthe engine compartment and NEVERallowthe battery terminals or vehicleleads to make contact with tools ormetalparts of the vehicle.

Battery maintenanceThe battery isdesigned to be maintenancefree, so topping-up is unnecessary. On the topof the battery there isa battery conditionindicator (arrowed in illustration). Examine theindicator periodically to check the battery'scondition. When the indicator shows:

• GREEN - the battery is in agood state ofcharge.

• DARK (turning to black) - the batteryneeds charging.

• CLEAR (or light yellow) - the battery must

151

be replaced. Do not charge the battery orjump start the car in this condition.

• If the green dot is missing, the batteryneeds charging.

NOTE: When checking the battery conditionindicator, if necessary, clean the battery top toensure aclear view.

If the indicator shows clear oryellow, tap theindicator with the handle ofascrewdriver todisperse any airbubbles. If the colour isunchanged, the battery must be replaced.

P0193C

Page 150: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Battery

Battery removal &replacement

Turn the three turnbuckles anti-clockwise torelease the battery cover and switch offallelectrical equipment.

Your vehicle may be fitted with a batterybacked-up sounder, which operates as ananti-theft siren if the main battery isdisconnected. If the main vehicle battery istobe removed, it is ESSENTIAL to adopt thefollowing procedure before disconnecting theterminals, in order to prevent the alarm fromsounding:

1. Turn starter switch 'on' and then 'off' andthen remove the key from the vehicle.

2. Disconnect battery WITHIN 17 SECONDS(if the battery is not disconnected within17 seconds, the alarm will sound).

ALWAYS disconnectthe negative (-) cablefirst and then the positive ('-') cable. Whenreconnecting, connect the positive cable firstand then the negative cable. Do not allow thebattery terminals to make contact with metalparts of the vehicle.

To release the battery from the car, undo thenuts securing the battery clamping plate andremove the clamping plate.

152

When replacing, ensure the battery is fittedthe right way round (positive terminal towardsthe centre of the vehicle) and that theclamping plate issecure. Tighten the clampingplate nuts until the clamping plate is free frommovement, but do not overtighten.

If the siren sounds when the battery isreconnected, it can NOT be turned off in thenormal way (ie. by operating the handsetbuttons). To deactivate the alarm, turn thestarter switch to position '1'.

Replacement batteriesOnly fit a replacement battery of the same typeand specification as the original- otherbatteries may vary in size or have differentterminal positions which could cause afirehazard when connected to the vehicle'selectrical system.

Battery disposalUsed batteries should be recycled. However,batteries are hazardous - you should seekadvice about disposal from a Land Roverdealer oryour local authority.

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::!~~:ijl~~:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::• Do not reverse the polarity ofthe battery

- the electrical system may be damagedif the battery leads are connected to thewrong terminals.

• Keep the battery upright atall times ­damage will be caused if the battery istilted more than 45 degrees.

• DO NOT run the engine with the batterydisconnected, ordisconnect the batterywhile the engine is running.

Page 151: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Battery

BATTERY CHARGINGBatteries generate explosive gases, containcorrosive acid and produce levels of electriccurrent sufficient to cause serious injury.While charging always heed the followingprecautions:

• Before charging, disconnect and removethe battery from the vehicle - charging thebattery with the cables connected maydamage the car's electrical system.

• Make sure the battery charger leads aresecurely clamped to the battery terminalsBEFORE switching on the battery charger.Do not move the leads once the charger isswitched on.

• While charging, shield your eyes oravoidleaning over the battery and keep the areaaround the top of the battery wellventilated.

• Do not allow naked lights near the battery(batteries generate inflammable hydrogenduring and after charging).

• The battery will be charged sufficientlyonce the battery condition indicator showsGREEN. When charging is finished, switchoff the battery charger BEFOREdisconnecting the leads from the batteryterminals.

• After charging, leave the battery for anhour BEFORE reconnection to the vehicle­this will allow time for explosive gases todisperse, thereby minimising the risk offire or explosion.

153

NOTE: Be aware that abattery will take longerto charge inacold environment.

DO NOT charge the battery if it is connectedto the car - this may seriously damage theelectrical system.

DO NOT attempt to charge the battery if thebattery condition indicator isclear orlightyellow.

DO NOT charge the battery if it is suspectedofbeing frozen.

Page 152: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Battery

EFFECTS OF BATTERY DISCONNECTIONFollowing disconnection and reconnection ofthe battery, a number of the vehicle'selectronic control systems will fail to operate.These are listed below, together with thesymptoms and action you should take torestore full operation. References are made tothe appropriate section in this handbook forremedial action.

Radio/cassette &CD playerThe unit will fail to operate. To restoreoperation, re-enter the security code (see'In-car entertainment').

Windows &sunroofOperation of the windows and the sunroof willbe accompanied by messages from themessage centre to inform you that the'one-touch' and 'anti-trap' functions are notset. (see 'Electric windows' and 'Sunroof').

Trip computer(where fitted)

All data entered will be lost. Reset asdescribed in 'Trip computer'.

Trip odometer (trip 1)This resets to zero.

HandsetsBoth handsets will require to beresynchronised to the vehicle (see 'Locks &alarm).

154

Page 153: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

To prevent personal injury, before jackingthe vehicle the air suspension system mustbe 'frozen' - this will prevent the suspensionfrom self-levelling or the ride height fromchanging while the vehicle is supported bythe wheel changing jack.

To freeze the suspension:

1. Before freezing the suspension, ensurethat either Standard or High ride height areengaged - this will provide sufficient spacebeneath the vehicle to locate and operatethe jack.

2. Open the tailgate

3. Switch on the hazard warning lights

The hazard warning lights MUST remainflashing and the tailgate open THROUGHOUTTHE WHOLE wheel changing process.

Using the wheel chocks

155

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)()()()()::::(():.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Before raising the vehicle, it is ESSENTIALto chock one of the road wheels; thehandbrake acts on the transmission, notonthe rear wheels, and therefore may notholdthe vehicle when raised.

If possible, position the vehicles on levelground, chocking both sides of the wheeldiagonally opposite the one to be removed.

If jacking the vehicle on aslope isunavoidable, place the chocks on the downhillside of the two opposite wheels.

The wheel chocks are stowed with the jack,jack lever, wheel brace and steel spare wheelbeneath the loadspace floor.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Before jacking the vehicle always observethe following precautions!

• Park your vehicle away from thethoroughfare, and make yourpassengers wait in asafe areaAWAY from the vehicle.

• Apply the handbrake and engagefirst gear (select 'P' for automaticgearboxes) in Low or High range.

• Ensure the air suspension system isfrozen, and remove the starter key.

• NEVER jack the vehicle withpassengers inside, orwith acaravanor trailer connected!

• NEVER work beneath the vehiclewith the jack as the only means ofsupport. The jack isdesigned forwheel changing only!

Page 154: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

............: .

1rJ·············t~/jJijj)

~P0078A

Removing the spare wheelFully open the tailgate and hinge the rearportion of the parcel shelf forward.

Unlatch and raise the loadspace floor paneland then secure the panel in a raised positionby engaging the stay (as shown).

Using the wheel brace, remove the sparewheel retaining nut. Pull the loop of thewebbing rearward; the wheel will be raised upand lifted onto the rear tailgate.

P0079A

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Jl"~:~Jij,9::H::::::::::::::::::::ii:i::ii::i::ii::The wheels are extremely heavy. Take carewhen lifting and particularly when removingthe spare wheel from the loadspace.

156

Page 155: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:::::::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS)::::::))::::::))::::))):.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

P0400

• Ensure the jack is positioned on firm,A level ground.

• DO NOT use the jack to raise the vehicleuntil you have carefully read andunderstood 'Positioning the jack' later inthis section. If in doubt, consult yourdealer.

• Care must be taken to avoid accidentalcontact with any underbody parts,especially the hot exhaust systemcomponents, likely to cause personalinjury during raising or lowering ofthevehicle.

• Ensure that the space under and aroundthe vehicle is free from obstruction as itis lowered.

Operating the jackSlot the two parts of the jack lever together,ensuring that the spring clip protrudes fromthe engagement slot where the two parts join(see inset 'A'). Close the jack release valve byusing the notched end of the jack lever to turnthe valve fully clockwise (see inset 'B'). Insertthe lever into the socket as shown (inset 'C')and twist the lever to lock it into the socket.Pump the lever up and down to raise the jack.

To lower the jack, withdraw the lever and slotthe notched end over the pegs on the releasevalve. Slowly turn the release valveanti-clockwise, allowing the weight of thevehicle to lower the jack.

157

Page 156: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

P0082

Positioning the jackBefore positioning the jack, ensure that the airsuspension system is frozen (key removedfrom starter switch, hazard lights switched on,and tailgate open). If the vehicle hadpreviously settled to Low ride height (orAccess), it will be necessary to improveaccess beneath the vehicle by starting theengine and raising the vehicle to Standard orHigh ride height before positioning the jack.Always position the jack from the front or rearof the vehicle directly in line with the jackingpoints.

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::)"A'#~:~~~~:iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::• NEVER use the jack from the side ofthe

vehicle.

• ALWAYS use the complete, two piece,jacking lever throughout to minimise anyaccidental contact with a hot exhaustsystem.

• ONL Yjack the vehicle using the jacklocation points described ordamage tothe vehicle could occur.

158

Rear jacking point:Push the mud flap (if fitted) up over the tyreto allow clear access. Position the jack so that,when raised, it engages with the rear axlecasing immediately below the air spring andas close as possible to the shock absorbermounting bracket (see illustration).

Front jacking point:Position the jack so that, when raised, it willengage with the front axle casing immediatelybelow the air spring (see illustration). Thecradle of the jack must locate between the endof the axle and the point where the radius armattaches to the axle (see illustration).

Page 157: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

P0142

Changing a wheelBefore raising the vehicle, ensure that all theprecautions listed at the beginning of thissection have been observed.

Also ensure that the wheel chocks are,

correctly positioned (as described previously)and that the air suspension system is 'frozen'at Standard or High ride height.

!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!Wi~!~Jij,9!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::To prevent any accidental change in the rideheight or automatic levelling ofthesuspension, the airsuspension system mustremain inhibited during the WHOLE wheelchanging process - to achieve this, ALWAYSremove the key from the starter switch andensure that the tailgate remains open andthe hazard lights are operating throughout.

159

• Use the wheel brace to slacken the wheelnuts half aturn anti-clockwise (see'Locking wheel nuts').

• Raise the vehicle until the tyre isclear ofthe ground and remove the wheel nutsand wheel (DO NOT damage the surface ofalloy wheels by placing them face down onthe road).

• Use an approved anti-seize compound totreat the wheel-mounting spigot tominimise the tendency for adhesionbetween the wheel and the spigot. Ensurethat no oil orcompound comes intocontact with the brake components. If, dueto an emergency situation, this treatmentis not practicable; refit the spare wheel forthe time being, but remove and treat thewheel at the earliest opportunity.

• Fit the spare wheel and lightly tighten thewheel nuts, ensuring they are firmlyseated. DO NOT fully tighten whilst thetyre isclear of the ground.

:!!:!::!!:!::!!:!::!!::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:~t,~:~J~9::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!:!!::!!:!!::!!When fitting a wheel, ensure that the matingfaces ofthe hub and wheel are clean andfree from rust - an accumulation ofdirt orrust could cause the wheel nuts to becomeloose and result in an accident.

Page 158: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

• Lower the vehicle and remove the jack andwheel chocks.

• Fully tighten the wheel nuts and replacethe locking wheel nut cover. DO NOTOVERTIGHTEN by using foot pressure orextension bars on the wheel brace. Checkthe wheel nut torque atthe earliestopportunity (see 'General data').

• REMEMBER to change to 'H' (high range)before driving.

• Finally, check the tyre pressure (see'General data').

Care of the jackExamine the jack occasionally; clean andgrease the moving parts, particularly the ram,to prevent corrosion.

To avoid contamination, the jack shouldalways be stowed in its fully closed position.

Wheel centre capAfter fitting the spare wheel, it will benecessary to remove the centre cap from thereplaced road wheel in order to stow thewheel in the spare wheel compartment.

Using asuitable blunt implement (the handleofa large screwdriver, for example) apply lightpressure to the rear of the cap. Use handpressure only to replace the cap.

160

P0165

Replacing the spare wheelPreferably clean and dry the wheel beforestowing it in the vehicle.

Lay the webbing flat across the lower tailgateand place the wheel face down with the rearedge of the tyre in line with the mark on thewebbing.

Grasp the webbing loop, raise the wheel fromthe tailgate, and lower into position, then fitand tighten the wheel securing nut.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

(:::(:::(::::::::::::::::::::::::::JNAA:NJNG::: (::: (:::(:::(:::(::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

After wheel changing always secure tools,chocks, jack and spare wheel in theircorrectstorage positions.

Page 159: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Wheel changing

LOCKING WHEEL NUTS

In some markets, vehicles are equipped with alocking wheel nut on each wheel (excludingthe spare). The locking wheel nut covers arevisually very similar to standard wheel nutsbut can be identified by aconcave indent onthe surface. The locking wheel nut and covercan only be removed using the special toolsprovided, as follows:

• Push the extractor tool (1) firmly over thestainless steel nut cover (2).

• Pull the extractor tool squarely away fromthe wheel to remove the nut cover andreveal the locking wheel nut (3).

• Fit the metal key socket (4) secu rely overthe locking wheel nut (3).

• Fit the wheel nut wrench onto the keysocket and unscrew the nut in the normalway.

Acode letter isstamped on the face of the keysocket. Ensure the code letter isentered in thespace provided on your Security Informationcard - you will need to quote this letter ifreplacement components are required. Keepthe card in asafe place away from the vehicle.

For security reasons, store the key socket andextractor tool in the glovebox and keep theglovebox locked.

NOTE: If the extractor tool has beeninadvertently pushed onto astandard wheelnut, it can be removed ONLYbyfirstundoingand removing the nut; slide the wheel nutwrench down the centre of the extractor andonto the wheel nut.

161

3

J723

4

Page 160: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuses

Fuses are simple circuit breakers whichprotect electrical equipment by preventing theelectrical circuits from being overloaded.Always remove the starter key and switch offthe affected circuit before removing afuse.

Press the fuse removal tweezers (located inthe engine compartment fuse box) onto thehead of the fuse and pull to remove. Fit a newfuse of the same rating. If the replacementfuse fails immediately, contact aqualifieddealer and have the circuit checked.

Fuses are colour-coded to help identify theiramperage, as follows:

VIOLET 3TAN 5BROWN 7.5RED 10BLUE 15YELLOW 20WHITE 25GREEN 30

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::/:/::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::WAA:NJNS))):::::::::::::::::::/::::/::).:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Fit only replacement fuses ofthe samerating and type. Always rectify the cause ofa failure before replacing a fuse. Seekqualified assistance ifnecessary.

162

~!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!:::::::'?. .:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.: ..:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:- .:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-:.:-:-:.:-: .

o

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

RIGHT HAND SEAT FUSE BOXThe failure of fuses 2 to 22 inclusive isreported by the vehicle message centre.

Fuses 1to 22 inclusive are located behind acover on the side of the right hand seat.

Lift the catch (arrowed) to disengage thecover. A label on the rear of the coveridentifies the fuses and their ratings. Thefollowing listsupports the information on thecover.

NOTE: The applicability of fuses will varyfrom model to model, depending on thefeatures fitted to the vehicle.

Page 161: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuses

RIGHT HAND SEAT FUSE BOX

Fuse number

1

234567

8

91011

121314

15

16171819202122

Rating (AMPS) Circuit protected

10A Instrument pack, clock, radio, centre console,navigation unit

30A RH rear window, seat heaters5A Automatic gearbox ECU30A Transfer box ECU

Not used10A Rear view mirror dip, sun visor illumination,10A Auto gearbox ECU, transfer box ECU, engine

ECU30A Car phone, auxiliary power socket, cigar lighter,

radio, heating, ventilation and air-conditioning,navigation unit

20A Front audio system amplifiers, front doors30A RH seat

Not used (insert fuse - 5 amp or more - toselect transfer neutral)

30A Heated rear screen and LH rear window20A Shift interlock solenoid, sunroof20A Rear central door locking, fuel flap solenoid,

trailer socket, tailgate central door locking20A Courtesy lights, handset receiver, loadspace

light, rear wiper, sub-woofer, audio systemamplifiersNot used

10A Brake switchNot usedNot used

30A LH seatNot used

30A LH and RH front doors (windows only)

This fuse box contains five spare fuses, one each of 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A and 40A.

163

Page 162: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuses

•--;;cE\::::(P::;;cE\::::(P::::<:E\:::::::P::~(::t»>:p:

~d»>:>b:..............

-..J

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

:::::::::::::::::::::::::!::!!::!::!!::!::!!:W~~:~I~~::U!!::U!!::U!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!:!!::!!Batteries emitexplosive hydrogen gas;ensure that sparks and naked lights are keptaway from the engine compartment.

Fuses 23 to 44 inclusive, listed on thefollowing page, are located in the enginecompartment fuse box.

Press each of the four latches in the directionof the arrows (moulded into the lid) and pivotthe lid upward to disengage the three sidelocation posts.

A label on the underside of the cover identifiesthe fuses and their ratings. The following listsupports the information on the cover.

164

Afuse puller (red tweezers) is provided forextracting the fuses. To remove afuse, pressthe fuse puller on to the head ofafuse andpull.

Refit the cover by engaging the three sideposts in the slots in the fuse box. Close thecover and then push the four side catchesaway from the fuse box until they can beheard to 'snap' into position.

Page 163: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Fuses

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number

232425262728

29303132333435363738394041424344

Rating (AMPS) Circuit protected

10A Airbag SRS5A ABS20A Front wiper system, headlight washers20A Engine management system (EMS)10A Air conditioning compressor30A Ignition coils - petrol engines15A Cooling fan - diesel engines10A Air suspension30A Heated front screen30A Air-conditioning30A Heated front screen5A Diagnostics, battery back-up sounder30A Heater blower10A Air conditioning, air suspension30A Air-conditioning30A Engine management system (EMS)30A ABS20A Fuel pump40A Starter motor, air suspension20A Horn10A Heating & ventilation, key inhibit30A Heater blower30A Engine management system (EMS)

Spare fuses 5A, 10A, 20A, 30A, 40A

Maxi 1 60A *

Maxi 2 50A SpareMaxi 3 40A ABS pumpMaxi 4 60A *

Maxi 5 60A *

* Failure of one of these fuses will result in themessage centre displaying various messagessimultaneously. Do not attempt to replace thefuse; contact a qualified dealer.

165

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::::::::::::::::::))))::)))WAR:NJNG)::::::::::::::::::::::::::))))......................................................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Fit only replacement fuses ofthe samerating and type. Always rectify the cause ofa failure before replacing a fuse. Seekqualified assistance ifnecessary.

Page 164: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

REPLACEMENT BULBS Watts

Headlight unitsFront sidelight 5Front direction indicator 21Inboard main beam headlight 55Dip/main headlight 60/55

Front fog lights 55

Rear clusters:direction indicator 21taillight 5stop light 21

Tailgate clusters:rear fog guard light 21reversing light 21

High mounted stop light 5

Side repeater lights 5

Puddle lights 3

Number plate lights 5

Loadspace light 10

Front courtesy & reading lights:courtesy light 10map reading light 5

Rear courtesy & reading lights:courtesy light 5map reading light 4

Rear footwell courtesy lights 5

Vanity mirror lights 1.2

Glovebox light 5

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

Before replacing a bulb, always switch offthe starter switch and appropriate lightingswitch to prevent any possibility ofcausing ashort circuit. Only use newbulbs of the same type and with the samespecification.

Halogen bulbsHalogen bulbs are used for dipped/main,supplementary main beam and front foglights. Take care NOT to touch this type ofbulb with your fingers; always use aclothto handle them. If necessary, clean thebulb with methylated spirits to removefingerprints.

NOTE: Allbulbs must be rated at 12 volts.

166

Page 165: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

'III

P0131

Front sidelightsDetach the plug from the rear of the bulb,twist the bulb holder (arrowed) to release,then pull to remove bulb.

Front direction indicatorsFor right hand indicator: remove the batterycover.

For both indicators: press the plastic lever(arrowed in top picture) to release the lightunit from the front of the vehicle. Hold thelight unit and rotate the bulb holder (see lowerpicture), then pull bulb holder to remove.Press and twist bulb to remove.

Refitting the lens isa reversal of thisprocedure. However, ensure the light unit iscorrectly located into the front wing andensure that the plastic lever issecurelyengaged before driving.

167

Page 166: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

Dipped and main beamTo gain access to the right hand headlight,first remove the battery cover.

Detach the multi-plug and remove the rubbercover (the rubber cover has four tabs whichwill assist removal and refitting). Unhook thespring clip and withdraw the bulb.

168

Replace the bulb (the larger of the three tabsuppermost) and spring clip. Fit the rubbercover, ensuring that the three connectors passthrough the slots in the cover, then refit themulti-plug.

P0130

Inboard main beamDetach the plastic cover from rear of unit,then unhook the spring clip and withdraw thebulb and connector. Pull bulb to remove.

Page 167: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

P013G

Front fog lightsTwist the plastic cap at rear of the light unit torelease, then squeeze the spring clip andwithdraw the bulb holder. Disconnect the bulbholder electrical lead connector and thenremove.

Replace the bulb and bulb holder as oneassembly.

Stop, direction indicator &taillights

NOTE: If yourvehicle is fitted with a CDautochanger, to access the lefthand cluster, itwillbe necessary to remove the rear trimpanel byreleasing the four fasteners.

Press the latch to remove the access panel,then squeeze the two clips (one on each sideof the light unit) and withdraw the unitthrough the access aperture. Press and twistthe appropriate bulb to remove.

Top - direction indicatorCentre - taillightBottom - stop light.

169

P0138

Page 168: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

P0137

Reversing &fog guard lightsOpen the tailgate and raise the plastic hingecover on the lower tailgate to expose the threefasteners. Turn the fasteners aquarter turn torelease and then remove the tailgate trimpanel.

170

To release either light unit, squeeze the twolevers (one on each side), then press andtwist the appropriate bulb to remove.

Top - reversing lightBottom - fog light.

Side repeater lights(if fitted)

Push the lens firmly to the right (arrowed) andwithdraw light unit from the wing. Twist thebulb holder to release and pullout bulb.

P0139

Puddle lights(if fitted)

Using a plastic implement, prise the light unitfrom the door, pulling out as far as theelectrical leads will permit, then prise the lensfrom the light unit. Pull the bulb from holder.

Fit lens to the light unit before refitting.

Page 169: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

:.::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

P0140

[) ~ .., \(.:.:':':':':':':':':':':':"ij 0 J GO

•P0164

Number plate lightsOpen the upper tailgate, remove the screwsand withdraw the light unit. Twist bulb holdersto remove and pullout the bulbs.

Loadspace lightPush lamp assembly to one side and prisefrom the upper tailgate. Press and twist thebulb to release.

Front courtesy &reading lightsCourtesy light bulb: prise the centre lens fromthe light unit, then pull the bulb out from theclips.

Reading light bulbs: prise the courtesy lightunit from the headlining, then pull the bulbs toremove.

171

Page 170: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

l:: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

•.....~

.~:i:.: : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : : :

0::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::il.. .-:.::-:.:...............-: .. ::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

1 1

P0141

Rear courtesy &reading lightsRear passenger courtesy light bulb: prise thelens from the courtesy light unit, then pull thebulb to remove.

Rear passenger reading light bulb: prise thelens from the courtesy light unit (as above).Unscrew both retaining screws and withdrawlight unit from the roof. The bulb can bereached from the rear of the unit.

172

Rear footwell lightPrise the combined lens and holder assemblyfrom the rear of the centre console andremove bulb from clips.

Replace the bulb then refit assembly to thecentre console.

High mounted stop light(if fitted)

Unclip the light cover from the inside of theupper tailgate. Twist to release the bulbholders, and pull to remove the bulbs.

Page 171: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Bulb replacement

P0191

Vanity mirror illuminationUsing asmall, flat bladed screwdriver (atextreme top, left and right corners - just belowthe hinge), prise the lens and mirror panelfrom the light unit. 'Spring' the bulbs freefrom their connectors to remove.

Replace the bulbs then refit the lens andmirror panel to the sun visor.

173

Glovebox illuminationPrise the complete assembly from theunderside of the top edge of the glovebox andremove the bulb from its holder.

Replace the bulb then refit assembly to theglovebox.

NOTE: Glovebox illumination isavailable onlywhen the side lights are on.

Page 172: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Cleaning & vehicle care

WASHING YOUR VEHICLEWash your vehicle frequently using aclean,grit free sponge and generous quantities ofcold or lukewarm water containing acarshampoo. Rinse and dry off with achamoisleather.

• Do not use hot water!

• Do not use detergent soap products orwashing-up liquid!

During winter months when salt has beenused on the roads, use ahose to wash theunderside ofthe vehicle. Pay particularattention to wheelarches and panel seams,and to removing accumulations of mud.

Similarly, after off-road driving or wading inmuddy orsalt water conditions, use ahose towash underbody components and otherexposed parts ofthe vehicle.

When using ahose, do not direct the jet intothe heater air intake ducts, orthrough thewheel trim apertures onto the brakecomponents, orat the door, window orsunroof seals, where water pressure couldpenetrate the seals.

::j:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::W~~:~~~9::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::Some high pressure cleaning systems aresufficiently powerful to penetrate door andwindow seals and damage rubbing stripsand locking mechanisms. Never aim thewater jetdirectly atheater airintakes, bodyand sunroof seals, or atany componentsthat might easily be damaged.

174

Getting rid of tar spotsUse white spirit to remove tar spots andstubborn grease stains from the paintwork.Then wash immediately with soapy water toremove all traces ofspirit.

Body protectionAfter washing, inspect the paintwork fordamage. Treat paint chips and scratches withtouch-up paint to prevent corrosion, andoccasionally protect the paint surface with anapplication ofcar polish.

NOTE: DO NOT apply car polish to themoulded bumpers - polish willbecomeingrained in the textured finish of themouldings.

Glass &mirrorsClean the rear screen with asoft cloth to avoiddamaging the heater elements. DO NOTscrape the glass or use an abrasive cleaningfluid.

Mirror glass is particularly susceptible todamage; DO NOT use abrasive cleaningcompounds or metal scrapers.

Page 173: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Cleaning & vehicle care

LOOKING AFTER THE INTERIORClean plastic-faced orcloth covered surfaceswith diluted upholstery cleaner.

Leather seats, steering wheel and trimfeatures should be cleaned with adamp clothmoistened with undiluted upholstery cleaner.Leave for five minutes, and then repeat theoperation using aclean, cloth and water, butavoid flooding the area! Dry and polish theleather with adry, clean, lint-free cloth.

DO NOT use petrol, detergents, furniturecreams or polishes.

Instrument pack, clock &radioClean with adry cloth. DO NOT use cleaningfluids or sprays.

Seat beltsExtend belts, then use warm water and anon-detergent soap to clean. Allow to drynaturally, and do not retract until completelydry.

175

Airbag SRSTo prevent airbag SRS damage, the airbagmodule covers, (steering wheel centre pad,front seat backs and area of the fascia panelcontaining the front passenger airbag) shouldONLY be cleaned sparingly with adamp clothand upholstery cleaner.

DO NOT allow these areas to be flooded withliquid, and DO NOT use petrol, detergent,furniture cream or polishes.

Page 174: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

177

SECTIONSGeneral data

Section Contents PageGeneral data...... 179Lubricants & fluids 179Capacities 181Engines 182Steering 183Electrical system 183Dimensions 183Approach, departure & breakoverangles 184Weights 185Towing weights 185Fuel consumption 186Fuel 187Wheels & tyres 187

Page 175: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

LUBRICANTS &FLUIDS

Recommendations for all climates and conditions

COMPONENTS AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 0 CSpecification SAE -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50

Petrol engine sumpOil to meet 5W/30ACEA A1, 5W/40,5W/50(Note: ACEA A2 oils 10W/30are also suitable) 10W/40

10W/5010W/60

Diesel engine sump5W/30

Diesel oils 5W/40meeting 5W/50ACEA 83:96 10W/30

10W/4010W/60

Main gearbox - manualTexaco MTF 94

Main gearbox - automaticDexron 110 or Dexron III

Transfer boxDexron 110 or Dexron III

Final drive unitsTexaco Multigear 75W 90R

Power steeringDexron 110, Dexron III orTexmatic 9226

179

Page 176: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

Brake/clutch reservoirUniversal brake fluids orany brake fluid having a minimum boiling point of 500° F(260° C) and complying with FMVSS 116 DOT 4.

Windscreen washersScreen washer fluid.

Engine cooling system (petrol and diesel models)Use carboxylate formula/organic acid technology (OAT) based coolant. This is anextended life ethylene glycol based coolant containing no phosphates, silicates,borates, nitrates, amines or methanol.The specific gravity ofa50% anti-freeze solution at 68° F(20° C) is 1.075 and protectsagainst frost down to -33° F(-36° C).

Inertia reel seat beltsDO NOT LUBRICATE. These are lubricated for life during manufacture.

Battery terminalsPetroleum jelly. DO NOT use silicone grease.

Door locksLubricate at normal service intervals with FUCHS RENOCAL FN745.

180

Page 177: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

CAPACITIESThe following capacities are approximate and are provided as aguide only. All oil levels must bechecked using the dipstick or level plugs as applicable.

Fuel tank- petrol 100 litres (22 gall)- diesel 90 litres (20 gall)

Engine sump- petrol models (including filter) 6.6 litres (11.6 pints)- diesel models (including filter) 9.5 litres (16.7 pints)

Manual gearbox- initial fill 2.7 litres (4.7 pints)- fill after draining 2.4 litres (4.2 pints)

Automatic gearbox- V8i 4.0 litre petrol models 9.7 litres (17 pints)- V8i 4.6 litre petrol models 9.7litres (17 pints)- diesel models 9.7 litres (17 pints)

Transfer box 2.3 litres (4.0 pints)Front differential 1.7 litres (3 pints)Rear differential 1.7 litres (3 pints)Cooling system 11.3 litres (20 pints)Washer reservoir 6.0 litres (10.5 pints)

181

Page 178: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

ENGINES

2.5 litre diesel

Bore 80 mm (3.15 in)Stroke 82.8 mm (3.26 in)Number of cylinders 6Compression ratio 22.5:1Cylinder capacity 2497 ern" (152.4 cu in)Tappets hydraulic - self adjusting

4.0 litre petrol

Bore 94 mm (3.7 in)Stroke 71.12 mm (2.8 in)Number of cylinders 8Compression ratio -

low compression 8.2:1high compression 9.35:1

Cylinder capacity 3950 ern" (241 cu in)Spark plug type RC11 PYPB4Spark plug gap 0.95 - 1.05 mm (0.038 - 0.041 in)Tappets hydraulic - self adjustingRev limiter (fuel cut-off point) 5,500 rev/min

4.6 litre petrol

Bore 94 mm (3.7 in)Stroke 82 mm (3.2 in)Number of cylinders 8Compression ratio -

low compression 8.36:1high compression 9.35:1

Cylinder capacity 4555 ern" (278 cu in)Spark plug type RC11 PYPB4Spark plug gap 0.95 - 1.05 mm (0.038 - 0.041 in)Tappets hydraulic - self adjustingRev limiter (fuel cut-off point) 5,500 rev/min

182

Page 179: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

STEERING

Steering wheel turns lock to lock 3.2 turnsCamber angle (at kerb weight) 0°Castor angle (at kerb weight) 4°King pin inclination 8°Front wheel toe out 0.60 mm to 1.80 mm (0.02 in to 0.07 in)Turning circle between kerbs 11.89 m (39 ft)

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Type negative earthVoltage 12 voltBattery - petrol models type 072 (72 amp/hr)

diesel models type 664 (107 amp/hr)Charging circuit AlternatorIgnition circuit EMS - Programmed

DIMENSIONS

Overall length (bumper to bumper) 4713 mm (185.6 in)Overall length (including UK/Europe towbar) 4804 mm (189.1 in)Overall width (excluding door mirrors) 1889 mm (74.4 in)Overall height (at STANDARD ride height) 1817.5 mm (71.6 in)Wheelbase 2745 mm (108.1 in)Track - front 1540 mm (60.6 in)

rear 1530 mm (60.2 in)

183

Page 180: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

APPROACH,DEPARTUREANDBREAKOVERANGLES

NOTE: All figures are ride height figures for vehicles with either 235/70 x 16or255/65 x 16 tyresatEEe kerb weight and are given in degrees.

Front - approach angle

To bib spoiler*To bumper

CRAWL &ACCESS LOW STANDARD HIGH

* It is recommended that the bib spoiler is removed for all serious off-road driving.

Rear - departure angle

To crossmember

Breakover angle

CRAWL &ACCESS

CRAWL &ACCESS

184

LOW

LOW

STANDARD

STANDARD

HIGH

HIGH

Page 181: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

WEIGHTS

Max. front axle weightMax. rear axle weightGross vehicle weight

2.5 litre diesel

1320 kg (2910 Ib)1840 kg (4056Ib)2780 kg (6129Ib)

4.0 litre petrol

1320 kg (2910 Ib)1840 kg (4056Ib)2780 kg (6129Ib)

4.6 litre petrol

1320 kg (2910 Ib)1840 kg (4056Ib)2780 kg (6129Ib)

EEC kerb weightFront axleRear axle

EEC kerb weightFront axleRear axle

EEC KERB WEIGHT AND DISTRIBUTION

2.5 diesel manual 2.5 diesel auto

2115 kg (4662Ib) 2130 kg (4695 Ib)1110 kg (2447Ib) 1120 kg (2469Ib)1005 kg (2215Ib) 1010 kg (2226Ib)

4.0 litre manual 4.0 litre auto 4.6 litre auto

2090 kg (4607 Ib) 2100 kg (4629Ib) 2220 kg (4894 Ib)1095 kg (2414Ib) 1100 kg (2425Ib) 1165 kg (2568Ib)995 kg (2193 Ib) 1000 kg (2204 Ib) 1055 kg (2325 Ib)

EEC kerb weight =unladen weight + full fuel tank + 75 kg driver.

NOTE: Axle weights are non-additive. The individual maximum axle weights and gross vehicleweights must notbe exceeded.

TOWING WEIGHTS (all models)

On-roadUnbraked trailers 750 kg (1653Ib)Trailers with overrun brakes 3,500 kg (7716 Ib)Trailers with coupled brakes 3,500 kg (7716 Ib)

Nose weight (off-road & on-road) 150 kg (330Ib)Roof rack load 75 kg (165 Ib)

Off-road500 kg (1102Ib)1,000 kg (2204Ib)1,000 kg (2204Ib)

NOTE: All weight figures are subject to local restrictions. It is the owners responsibility to ensurethat all territorial towing regulations are complied with.

185

Page 182: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

FUEL CONSUMPTIONThe fuel consumption figures shown below have been calculated using astandard testingprocedure (the new EC test procedure from Directive 93/116EC), and produced in accordance withThe Passenger Car Fuel Consumption (Amendment) Order 1996. Under normal use, acar's actualfuel consumption figures may differ from those achieved through the test procedure, dependingon driving technique, road and traffic conditions, environmental factors, vehicle and loadconditions.

MODEL URBANmpg 1/100km

EXTRA-URBANmpg 1/100km

COMBINEDmpg 1/100km

Petrol models:4.0 V8 Auto4.6 V8 Auto

Diesel models:2.5 Tdi Manual2.5 Tdi Auto

12.912.3

22.220.3

21.822.9

12.813.9

23.422.7

31.930.7

12.112.4

8.99.2

18.117.4

27.525.8

15.616.2

10.310.9

Urban cycleThe urban test cycle is carried out from acold start and consists of aseries of accelerations,decelerations and periods of steady speed driving and engine idling. The maximum speed attainedduring the test is 31 mph (50 km/h), with an average speed of 12 mph (19 km/h).

Extra-urban cycleThe extra-urban test cycle is carried out immediately after the urban test. Approximately half of thetest comprises steady speed driving, while the remainder consists of aseries of accelerations,decelerations and engine idling. The maximum test speed is 75 mph (120 km/h) and the averagespeed 39 mph (63 km/h). The test is carried out over adistance of 4.3 miles (7 km).

CombinedThe combined figure is an average of the urban and extra-urban test cycle results, which has beenweighted to take account of the different distances covered during the two tests.

NOTE: These figures should notbe compared with the figures produced using the ECE/EECprocedure previously required by The Passenger Car Fuel Consumption Order 1983. Because ofthe changes in test procedure, even the urban figures would differ if the same car were subjectedto both tests.

186

Page 183: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

General data

FUEL

Diesel to EN 590 specificationMinimum Cetane No. 45

Petrol (Minimum requirement)Catalyst vehicles

High compression engines 95 RON Unleaded .} EN 228 lfto spec: icanonLow compression engines 91 RON Unleaded

Non-catalyst vehiclesLow compression engines 91 RON leaded or unleaded

WHEELS &lYRES

Road wheel nut torque 108 Nm 80 Ibf/ttWheel sizes 8J x 16 (use with 255/65 tyres)

8J x 18 (use with 255/55 tyres)

Front Rear255/65 x16radial255/55 x18radialAll load conditions 28 Ibf/in2

1.9 bar2.0 kgf/cm2

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::::::)))):::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NJNG:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::......................................................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Tyre pressures must be checked with thetyres cold, as the pressure is approximately0.2bar (3Ibf/iJi) 0.2kgf/cm higher atrunning temperature. If the vehicle has beenparked in the sun orhigh ambienttemperatures, DO NOT reduce the tyrepressures; move the vehicle into the shadeand wait for the tyres to cool beforechecking the pressures.

187

38 Ibf/in2

2.6 bar2.7 kgf/cm2

Page 184: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

189

SECTION 6Parts & accessories

Section Contents PageParts & accessories 191Electrical equipment 191After sales service...... 191Travelling abroad 191

Page 185: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Parts & accessories

PARTS &ACCESSORIESYour vehicle has been designed, built andtested to cope with avariety of off-roaddriving conditions, some ofwhich can placethe severest possible demands on controlsystems and components. As such, fittingreplacement parts and accessories that havebeen developed and tested to the samestringent standards as the originalcomponents will safeguard the continuedreliability, safety and performance ofyourvehicle.

To augment the vehicle's already impressiveperformance, acomprehensive range of LandRover-approved spare parts and accessoriesisavailable, enabling the vehicle to fulfil awidevariety of roles, and enhancing and protectingthe vehicle in the many tasks to which it canbe applied.

Land Rover parts are the only parts builttooriginal equipment specifications ANDapproved by Land Rover designers; thismeans that every single part and accessoryhas been rigorously tested by the sameengineering team that designed and built thevehicle and can therefore be guaranteed fortwelve months with unlimited mileage.

Afull listand description of all accessories isavailable from your Land Rover dealer.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

::::::::)))):::::::::::::::::::::::::WAR:NJNG>::::::::::::::))):::::::::::::::::......................................................................................:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

The fitting ofnon-approved parts andaccessories, or the carrying out ofnon-approved alterations orconversions,may be dangerous and could affect thesafety of the vehicle and occupants, andalso invalidate the terms and conditions ofthe vehicle warranty_

191

Electrical equipmentIt isextremely hazardous to fit parts oraccessories where installation requires thedismantling of, oraddition to, either theelectrical or fuel systems.lf an airbag SRS isfitted to your vehicle, it is recommended thatyou consult a Land Rover dealer before fittingany accessory.

Fitting inferior quality parts or accessories,may be dangerous and could invalidate thevehicle warranty.

After sales serviceThe After Sale Parts service is of paramountimportance, both in the UK and across theworld. Inthe UK, there are over 100authorised Land Rover dealers, allcomputer-linked for rapid ordering of partsand accessories.

In addition, with franchised representation inover 100 countries worldwide, Land Rover areable to support your vehicle wherever you go.

Only Land Rover dealers are able to providethe full range of recommended parts andaccessories that meet our rigorous standardsof safety, durability and performance.

Travelling abroadIn some countries it is illegal to fit parts thatdo not conform to the vehicle manufacturer'sspecification. Owners should ensure that anyparts or accessories fitted while travellingabroad, also conform to the legalrequirements of their home country.

Page 186: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Parts & accessories

192

Page 187: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

This section of the handbook is devoted toyourvehicle's superb off-road drivingcapabilities.

Before venturing off-road however, it isabsolutely essential that inexperienceddrivers become fully familiar with the vehicle'scontrols, inparticular the transfer gearbox,and also study the off-road driving techniquesdescribed on the following pages.

193

SECTION 7Off-road driving

Section Contents PageBasic off-road techniques 195Driving on soft surfaces & dry sand 198Driving on slippery surfaces 199Driving on rough tracks 200Climbing steep slopes 200Descending steep slopes 201Traversing aslope 202Negotiating a 'V' shaped gully 202Driving in existing vehicle tracks 202Crossing a ridge 203Crossing aditch 203Wading 203B'b 'II SPOI er 204

Page 188: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

.:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::

Off-road driving can be hazardous!

• DO NOT take unnecessary risks.

• Be prepared for emergencies atalltimes.

• Familiarise yourself with therecommended driving techniques inorder to minimise risks to yourself, yourvehicle AND your passengers.

• Remove the CD autochanger (if fitted)before arduous off-road driving.

• Always wear a seat belt for personalprotection in all off-road drivingconditions.

• DO NOT drive if the fuel level is low ­undulating ground and steep inclinescould cause fuel starvation to the engineand consequent damage to the catalyticconverter.

• Driving Off-road with a loaded roof rackis NOT recommended. If it is necessaryto stow luggage on the roof rack whiledriving off-road, all loads MUST beremoved before traversing side slopes.

195

BASIC OFF-ROAD TECHNIQUESThese basic driving techniques are anintroduction to the art of off-road driving anddo not necessarily provide the informationneeded to successfully cope with every singleoff-road situation.

We strongly recommend that owners whointend to drive off-road frequently, shouldseek as much additional information andpractical experience as possible.

Gear selection - manual gearboxCorrect gear selection is possibly the singlemost important factor for safe and successfuloff-road driving. While only experience will tellyou which isthe correct gear for any sectionof ground, the following basic rules apply:

• NEVER change gear orde-clutch whilenegotiating difficult terrain; the drag on thewheels may cause the vehicle to stopwhen the clutch isdepressed andrestarting may be difficult.

• Generally, and especially where slippery orsoft ground conditions prevail, the higherthe gear you select the better.

• When descending very steep slopes,always select first gear in LOW range.

Inexperienced drivers are advised to stop thevehicle and carefully consider which gear willbe the most appropriate for each manoeuvrebefore continuing.

Page 189: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

Slipping the clutchUse of excessive clutch slip to prevent theengine stalling will result in premature clutchwear. Always select agear low enough toenable the vehicle to proceed without the needto slip the clutch.

DO NOT drive with your foot resting on theclutch pedal; driving across uneven terraincould cause you to inadvertently depress theclutch, resulting in loss of control of thevehicle.

Gear selection - automatic gearboxOn automatic models, with the gearshift leverset at '0', the gearbox automatically providesthe correct gear for the appropriate gear rangeselected (HIGH or LOW). Remember thatposition '1' will hold the gearbox in first gearto give maximum engine braking whenrequired.

HIGH range gears should be used wheneverpossible; only change to the LOW range whenground conditions become very difficult.Uncontrolled spinning of individual wheels willbe limited by the viscous coupling unit whichiscombined with the centre differential.

BrakingAs far as possible, vehicle speed should becontrolled through correct gear selection.

Application of the pedal should be kept to anabsolute minimum. Harsh braking on wet,muddy or loose surfaces could provedangerous.

NOTE: If the correct gear has been selected,braking willbe largely unnecessary.

196

Use of engine for brakingBefore descending steep slopes, stop thevehicle at least its length before the descent,move the gearshift lever to 'N', engage LOWrange and then select first orsecond gear ('1'or '2' for automatic transmission) dependingon the severity of the incline.

While descending the slope it should beremembered that the engine will providesufficient braking effort to control the rate ofdescent, and that the brakes should not beapplied.

AcceleratingUse the accelerator with care; any suddensurge of power may induce wheel spin andresult in loss of control of the vehicle.

Steering

P0168

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::)"A'#~:~~~~:::iii:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::DO NOT holdthe steering wheel with yourthumbs inside the rim; a sudden 'kick'of thewheel asthe vehicle negotiates a rutorboulder could seriously injure them.ALWAYS grip the wheelan the outside of therim (as shown) when traversing unevenground.

Page 190: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

Survey the ground before drivingBefore negotiating difficult terrain, it iswise tocarry out a preliminary survey on foot. Thiswill minimise the risk ofyour vehicle gettinginto difficulty through a previously unnoticedhazard.

Ground clearanceFor serious off-road driving ALWAYS removethe bib spoiler extension from the frontbumper (if fitted).

Don't forget to allow for ground clearancebeneath the chassis, axles and under the frontand rear bumpers. Note that the axledifferentials are situated BELOW the chassisand are positioned slightly to the LEFT of thecentre of the vehicle. Note also that there areother parts of the vehicle which may comeinto contact with the ground; take care not toground the vehicle.

Ground clearance is particularly important atthe bottom ofasteep slope, orwhere wheelruts are unusually deep and where suddenchanges in the slope of the ground areexperienced.

On soft ground, the axle differentials will cleartheir own path in all but the most difficultconditions. However, on frozen, rocky or hardground, if the vehicle's progress is halted as aresult of grounding of the chassis, this willcause the vehicle to rise automatically to the'Extended profile' ride height position. (see'Air suspension'for further details).

Always attempt to avoid obstacles that mayfoul the chassis ordifferentials.

197

Loss of tractionIf the vehicle is immobile due to loss ofwheelgrip, the following hints could be ofvalue:

• Avoid prolonged wheel spin; this will onlymake matters worse. The electronictraction control (ETC) (if fitted) willprevent wheel spin; drive will be divertedfrom aspinning wheel and the remainingwheel will then provide the tractionnecessary to overcome difficult drivingconditions.

• Remove obstacles rather than forcing thevehicle across them.

• Clear clogged tyre treads.

• Reverse as far as possible, then attemptan increased speed approach; additionalmomentum may overcome the obstacle.

• Brushwood, sacking or any similarmaterial placed in front of the tyres willimprove tyre grip.

Page 191: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

After driving off-roadBefore rejoining the public highway, ordriving at speeds above 25 mph (40km/h), consideration should be given tothe following:

• Wheels and tyres must be cleaned ofmud and inspected for damage ­ensure there are no lumps or bulgesin the tyres orexposure of the ply orcord structure.

• Brake discs and calipers should beexamined and any stones orgrit thatmay affect braking efficiencyremoved.

Servicing requirementsVehicles operated in arduous conditions,particularly on dusty, muddy orwetterrain, and vehicles undergoing frequentor deep wading conditions will requiremore frequent servicing. See 'Ownermaintenance' and contact a Land Roverdealer for advice.

In addition:

After wading in salt water or driving onsandy beaches, use a hose to thoroughlywash the underbody components and anyexposed body panels with fresh water.This will help to protect the vehicle'scosmetic appearance.

198

DRIVING ON SOFT SURFACES &DRY SANDThe ideal technique for driving on soft groundand dry sand requires the vehicle to be keptmoving at all times; soft ground and sandcauses excessive drag on the wheels,resulting in a rapid loss of motion oncedriving momentum is lost. For this reason,gear changing (particularly on manualgearbox vehicles) should be avoided.

Select the highest suitable gear and REMAINin that gear until a firm surface is reached. Itisgenerally advisable to use LOW rangegears, as these will enable you to acceleratethrough worsening conditions without the riskof being unable to restart.

Page 192: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

Stopping the vehicle on soft ground, in sandor on an incline

If you do stop the vehicle, remember:Starting on an incline or in soft ground orsand isalmost impossible. Always park on afirm, level area, orwith the vehicle facingdownhill.

To avoid wheel spin, select second or thirdgear and use the minimum throttle necessaryto get the vehicle moving. For automatictransmission vehicles, select '0' (or '4' if inLOW range). In LOW range, select MANUALmode (see 'Transmissions'for furtherinformation).

If forward motion is lost, avoid excessive useof the throttle; this will cause wheel spin andtend to dig the vehicle into the sand. Clearsand from around the tyres and ensure thatthe chassis and axles are not bearing on thesand before again attempting to move.

If the wheels have sunk, use an air bag liftingdevice or high lift jack to raise the vehicle, andthen build up sand under the wheels so thatthe vehicle isagain on level ground. If arestart is not possible, place sand mats orladders beneath the wheels.

199

DRIVING ON SLIPPERY SURFACES(ice, snow, mud or wet grass)

Select the highest gear possible. On automatictransmission vehicles, select '0' (or '4' if inLOW range). In LOW range, also selectMANUAL mode. (see 'Transmissions'forfurther information).

Drive away using the MINIMUM throttlepossible. Drive slowly at all times, keepingbraking to a minimum and avoiding violentmovements of the steering wheel.

Page 193: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

DRIVING ON ROUGH TRACKSOn very rough tracks, engage the LOW gearrange to enable asteady, low speed to bemaintained without constant use of the clutchand brake pedals.

CLIMBING STEEP SLOPESALWAYS follow the line of the slope; travellingdiagonally could encourage the vehicle to slidebroadside down the slope.

Steep climbs will usually require the LOW gearrange. If the surface is loose or slippery, usesufficient speed in the highest practical gearto take advantage of the vehicle's momentum.However, too high aspeed over a bumpysurface may result in awheel lifting, causingthe vehicle to lose traction. In this case try aslower approach. Traction can also beimproved by easing off the accelerator justbefore loss of forward motion.

200

If the vehicle is unable to complete aclimb, donot attempt to turn it around while on theslope. Instead, adopt the following procedureto reverse downhill to the foot of the slope.

1. Hold the vehicle stationary using both footand handbrakes.

2. Restart the engine if necessary.

3. Engage LOW range reverse gear CR' forautomatic transmission).

4. Release the handbrake. Then release thefoot brake and clutch (where applicable)simultaneously, and allow the vehicle toreverse down the slope using enginebraking to control the rate of descent.

5. Unless it is necessary to stop the vehiclein order to negotiate obstructions, DO NOTapply the brake or clutch pedal during thedescent.

6. If the vehicle begins to slide, accelerateslightly to allow the tyres to regain grip.

When the vehicle is back on level ground ortraction can be regained, afaster approachwill probably enable the hill to be climbed.However, DO NOT take unnecessary risks, ifthe hill istoo difficult to climb, find analternative route.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

The engine must be restarted beforereversing down the slope asthere will be nobraking effect from the gearbox unless theengine is running.

Page 194: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

DESCENDING STEEP SLOPES

A. Stop the vehicle at least avehicle lengthbefore the slope, engage LOW range andthen select the lowest gear.

B. Unless it is necessary to stop the vehiclein order to negotiate obstructions, DO NOTtouch the brake or clutch pedals duringthe descent; the engine will limit thespeed, keeping the vehicle under controlprovided the front wheels are turning. Ifthe vehicle begins to slide, accelerategently to maintain directional stability. DONOT use the brakes or attempt to changegears.

201

C. Once level ground is reached, select asuitable gear for the next stage of thejourney.

:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.

(:::(:::(::::::::::::::::::::::::::JNAA:NJNG::: (::: (:::(:::(:::(::)::::::.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:.:

Failure to follow these instructions maycause the vehicle to roll over.

Page 195: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

TRAVERSING ASLOPEBefore crossing aslope always observe thefollowing precautions:

• Check that the ground is firm and notslippery.

• Check that the wheels on the downhill sideof the vehicle are not likely to drop intoany depressions in the ground and that theuphill wheels will not run over rocks, treeroots, or similar obstacles that couldsuddenly increase the angle of tilt.

• Ensure that passenger weight isevenlydistributed, that all roof rack luggage isremoved and that all other luggage isproperly secured and stowed as low aspossible. Always remember; any suddenmovement of the load could cause thevehicle to overturn.

• Rear seat passengers should sit on theuphill side of the vehicle or, in extremeconditions, should vacate the vehicle untilthe sloping ground has been safelynegotiated.

202

NEGOTIATING A 'V' SHAPED GULLYObserve extreme caution! Steering up eitherof the gully walls could cause the side of thevehicle to be trapped against the oppositegully wall.

DRIVING IN EXISTING VEHICLE TRACKSAs far as possible, allow the vehicle to steeritself along the bottom of the ruts. However,always keep atight hold of the steering wheelto prevent it from spinning free.

Particularly in wet conditions, if the steeringwheel isallowed to spin free, the vehicle mayappear to be driving straight ahead in the ruts,but in actual fact (due to the lack of tractioncaused by wet ground) is unknowingly on fullright or left lock. Then, when level ground isreached, or if adry patch isencountered, thewheels will find traction and cause the vehicleto suddenly veer to the left or right.

Page 196: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

CROSSING ARIDGEApproach at right angles so that both frontwheels cross the ridge together; an angledapproach could cause traction to be lostthrough diagonally opposite wheels liftingfrom the ground at the same time.

CROSSING ADITCHCross ditches at an angle so that three wheelsalways maintain contact with the ground (ifapproached head on, both front wheels willdrop into the ditch together, possibly resultingin the chassis and front bumper being trappedon opposite sides of he ditch).

203

WADING.....................................................................................

:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::J##~:~~~~::::iii::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::The maximum advisable wading depth is 20in. (0,5 metre).

Severe electrical damage may occur if thevehicle remains stationary forany length oftime when the water level is above the doorsills.

Before wading, ensure the electronic airsuspension isset in either 'Standard' or 'High'ride heig ht.

If the water is likely to exceed 20 in. (0.5metre) while the vehicle is moving, thefollowing precautions MUST be observed:

• Fix a plastic sheet in front of the radiatorgrille to prevent water from soaking theengine and mud from blocking theradiator.

• Ensure that the silt bed below the water isfirm enough to support the vehicle'sweight and provide sufficient traction.

• Select 'High' ride height.

• Ensure that the engine air intake isabovethe water level.

• Select a low gear and maintain sufficientthrottle to prevent the engine from stalling.This is particularly important if the exhaustpipe is under water.

• Drive slowly into the water and accelerateto aspeed which causes a bow wave toform; then maintain that speed.

At all times, keep all the doors fully closed.

Page 197: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Off-road driving

After wadingDrive the vehicle ashort distance and applythe footbrake to check that the brakes are fullyeffective.

DO NOT rely on the handbrake alone to holdthe vehicle stationary until the transmissionhas thoroughly dried out; in the meantime,use wheel chocks or leave the vehicle parkedin gear.

Remove any protective covering from in frontof the radiator grille.

If the water was particularly muddy, removeany blockages (mud and leaves) from theradiator and oil cooler (behind spoiler on lefthand side) to reduce the risk of overheating.

If deep water is regularly negotiated, check thetransmission oils for signs ofwatercontamination; contaminated oil can beidentified through its 'milky' appearance. Inaddition, check the air filter element for wateringress, and replace if wet.

Vehicles required to undergo frequent ordeepwading conditions will require more frequentservicing. See 'Owner maintenance' andcontact a Land Rover dealer for advice.

If salt water is frequently negotiated,thoroughly wash the underbody componentsand exposed body panels, with fresh water.

=

~~:-:. . ".: .".-:-:.:

..P0204

204

BIB SPOILER (if fitted)The vehicle has a bib spoiler extension fittedto the front bumper to improve air flow duringnormal driving conditions. This MUST beremoved when considering serious off-roaddriving.

The bib spoiler is in two parts and isattachedto the underside of the front bumper by sixspring clips and eight plastic rivets.

To remove:Using ascrewdriver, remove the inner lockingpins from the studs, then remove the studs.

Slide the spring clips off the bib spoiler, thenseparate the two halves of the spoiler.

Store all parts in asuitable container pendingrefitment.

To refit:Place one half of the bib spoiler against theunderside of the front bumper, install fourstuds and fit the locking pins and three springclips.

Engage the other half of the bib spoiler withthe first half, then fit the remaining studs andspring clips, ensuring that the locking pins arefitted to the studs.

SNOW CHAINSSnow chains are NOT recommended foroff-road use. For further information see'lyres'.

Page 198: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Index

A

ABS in action! 109Access code 16Accessories 191After sales service...... 191Air conditioning 78Air distribution 80Air suspension 114Airbag SRS 47, 175Airbag SRS warning light 50Anti-freeze 142Anti-lock braking ABS 109Anti-theft alarm indicator light 13Anti-theft precautions 5Anti-trap function 69, 72Ashtray 81Auto relock 19Automatic temperature control (ATC) 78Automatic transmission 103Auxiliary equipment 94B

Battery charging 153Bib spoiler 204Body protection 174Bonnet 138Booster cables 128Brake fluid check 145Brake pads 108Braking system 108Breakdown safety code 6Bulb failure messages 29Bulbs 166CCatalytic converter 95Child restraints 45Child-proof locks 19Cigar lighter 82Cleaning 174Clock 84Clutch 102Cold climates 90, 92Controls 9

205

Cooling system top-up 142Courtesy & map reading lights 81Critical warnings 23Cruise control 112Cubby box 84D

Dimensions 183Direction indicators 62 & 167, 169Door locks 11Door mirrors 54Driver's seat/mirrors facility 38Driving 96EElectrical equipment 191Electrical system 183Electronic air suspension messages 118Electronic traction control 111Emergency key access code 16Emergency starting 128Emergency towing 102, 131Emission control system 93Empty fuel tank 99Engine immobilisation 15Engine oil level check & top-up 141Engines 182External temperature 80

Page 199: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Index

F

Face level vents 75Fog guard lights (rear) 67Fog lights (front) 170Folding armrests 35Front fog lights 67Front towing eye 131Fuel 95, 187Fuel consumption 186Fuel economy 93Fuel filler cap 98Fuel filler flap 98Fuel filler flap emergency release 100Fuel filling 98Fuel gauge 57Fuse failure messages 28Fuses 162GGear changing in high range 106Gear selection automatic gearbox 104Gear selection manual gearbox 101Gear selector lever 103General data...... 179Glass & mirrors 174Glovebox 83, 173Ground clearance 197

206

H

Halogen bulbs 166Handbrake 108Handset 11, 21, 153Hazard warning lights 67Head restraint adjustment.. 35,37,41Headlight main & dipped beam 63, 168Headlight wash/wipe 66,149Headlight wipers 149Heated front seats 80Heated rear screen 80Heated windscreen 80Heater controls 76Height (of vehicle) 94Height settings 115High range gears 103Horn 68I

Important driving information 94Indicators 62Inertia switch 20,99Infant & child restraints 45Information messages 23Instrument dimmer control 63Instrument pack, clock & rad io 175Instruments & warning lights 94J

Jacking 157Jump leads 128

Page 200: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Index

L

Lazy locking 18Lazy seats 18, 39Leaving the vehicle 73Lights 62Loadspace cover 85Loadspace light 171Locking wheel nuts 161Locks 11Low range gears 104Low temperature warning 80Lubricants & Fluids 179Lumbar support adjustment 37M

Main gearbox 101Maintenance 135Manual transmission 101Manually-operated front seats 34Map reading lights 81Maximum permissible towed weights 126Message centre 23Mirrors 54,84,174Mislock 18Mode switch (automatic transmission) 106N

Nose weight 126Number plate lights 171oOne-touch function 69Opening the doors 19Overspeed warning 123Owner maintenance 135p

Parking 91Parking lights 63Parts & accessories 191Poisonous liquids 137Positioning the jack 158Power assisted steering 94Power steering top-up 146Pre-tensioners 44Puddle lights 170

207

R

Radio remote switches 68Radio/cassette & CD player 154, 175Rear ashtray 82Rear courtesy & reading lights 172Rear footweillight 172Rear screen wash/wipe 66Rear seat 40Rear towing eye 131Rear window isolation switch 71Rear-view mirror 84Replacement tyres 148Reversing lights 170Ride height settings 115Road testing on dynamometers 136Roof rack 127Running-in 93S

Safety in the garage 137Safety on the forecourt 99Seat belt pre-tensioners 44Seat belt safety 42Seat belts 175Seats 34Security Card 10Security information card 16Selector lever positions 105Service Portfolio 3, 135Side lights 62, 167Side repeater lights 170Snow chains 148,204Spare wheel 156Speedometer 56Starter switch 89Starting & driving 90, 91, 95Steering 136, 183, 196Steering column adjustment 53Steering column lock 89

Page 201: projectpegasus.ru€¦ · _ RANGE ROVER CONTENTS SECTION1 SECTION2 SECTION3 SECTION4 SECTION5 SECTION6 SECTION7 Introduction . Controls & instruments . Drlvlng.. & .operating . Ownermaintenance

Index

Steering wheel switches 68Stop lights 169, 172Sun visor vanity mirror 81Sunroof 72Superlocking 13Switches 67TTachometer 56Taillights 169Tailgate 22Technical data 179Telephones 86Temperature gauge 57Testing inertia reel seat belts 46Towball fitting 125Towing 120,124Towing for recovery 107,131Towing weights 185Traction control 111Trailer socket 127Transfer gearbox 101Transporter ortrailer lashing 132Travelling abroad 191Trip computer 121Trip computer overspeed warning 123Trip recorder 56Tyres 147, 187V

Vanity mirror illumination 81, 173Vehicle height 3, 94Vehicle identification 5Vehicle stability 94Veh icle weig hts 126, 185Ventilation 75

208

wWading 203Warming-up 90,92Warning labels attached to the vehicle 3Warning lights 58Washer jets 66, 149Washing your vehicle 174Weights 185Wheel changing 155Wheel chocks 155Wheel nut torque 187Wheels & tyres 187Windows 69Windscreen washer 65Windscreen washer top-up 144Windscreen wipers 64Wiper blade replacement 150